INSTITUT

FÜR
MASSIVBAU

EXERCISE NOTES -
MASONRY STRUCTURES
_2025_04_29

EXAMPLES

Prof. Dr.-Ing. Danièle Waldmann-Diederich

 Prof. Dr.-Ing. Danièle Waldmann-Diederich

Ranwu Xu, M.Sc. (third edition)

Annika Becker, M.Sc. (first and second edition)
Dipl.-Ing. Truong Diep Hasenbank-Kriegbaum (first edition)

Technische Universität Darmstadt

Institute for Concrete and Masonry Structures

Third Edition
2025
Contents i

Contents
0 Building description ......................................................................................................... 1
1 Load determination.......................................................................................................... 3
2 Structural stability .......................................................................................................... 24
3 Simplified calculation method according to DIN EN 1996-3 /NA .................................... 45
4 Simplified calculation method according to DIN EN 1996-3 Annex A /NA ...................... 61
5 General verification method according to DIN EN 1996-1-1 .......................................... 67
6 Basement walls ........................................................................................................... 115
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components .......................................................... 134
8 Structural fire design ................................................................................................... 146

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
List of tables ii

List of tables
Table 1.1 Live loads of selected categories of use according DIN EN 1991-1-1/NA ........ 5
Table 1.2 Simplified peak velocity pressure for buildings with total height < 25 m [6] ...... 6
Table 1.3 External pressure coefficient for vertical construction elements [6] .................. 7
Table 1.4 External pressure coefficient for duo pitch roofs with wind direction 0° [6] ..... 10
Table 1.5 External pressure coefficient for duo pitch roofs with wind direction 90° [6] ... 10
Table 1.6 Characteristic value of snow load depending on the snow zone [5] ............... 12
Table 1.7 Snow load shape coefficients [5] ................................................................... 13
Table 1.8 Overview of all vertical acting dead and live loads on the building ................. 18
Table 1.9 Calculation of the load area for each construction element ............................ 20
Table 1.10 Vertical dead load summarized for each construction element, for each storey
and for the whole building from the top to the bottom of the wall of the 1 st floor
...................................................................................................................... 22
Table 1.11 Vertical live loads summarized for each construction element, for each storey
and for the whole building from the top to the bottom of the wall of the 1 st floor
...................................................................................................................... 23
Table 2-1: Calculation of cross-sectional values [Schneider Bautabellen für Ingenieure, 20.
Auflage (2012), page 4.28] ............................................................................ 30
Table 2-2: Cross-sectional values of the stiffening walls ................................................. 30
Table 2-3: Equation for the coordinates of the shear centre M of the stiffening walls
[Schneider Bautabellen für Ingenieure, 20. Auflage (2012), page 5.40] ......... 31
Table 2-4: Calculation of the shear centre of the bracing system .................................... 31
Table 2-5: Summary of the horizontal stiffening wall loads at the bottom of each wall .... 44
Table 3.1 Characteristic compressive strength fk in N/mm² of one-brick masonry made of
vertically perforated clay masonry units with type A perforation (type HLzA), type
B perforation (type HLzB) and type E perforation (type HLzE), type T1 clay
masonry units for masonry panels, perforated calcium silicate masonry units
and hollow calcium silicate masonry blocks with general purpose masonry
mortar ............................................................................................................ 46
Table 3.2 Factor ρ2 for determining the effective height hef in the simplified calculation
method [9] ..................................................................................................... 47
Table 3.3 Application requirements for the simplified calculation method according to DIN
EN 1996-3/NA ............................................................................................... 48
Table 3.4 Factor ρ2 for determining the effective height hef for walls in the simplified
calculation method [9] .................................................................................... 53
Table 4.1 comparison of the results of the simplified calculation methods according to DIN
EN 1996-3 / NA and DIN EN 1996-3 – Annex A / NA..................................... 63
Table 4.2 Comparison of the results of the simplified calculation methods according to DIN
EN 1996-3 / NA and DIN EN 1996-3 – Annex A / NA..................................... 66
Table 5.1 Values KE for the calculation of the modulus of elasticity of masonry [8] ........ 69
Table 5.2 Factor ρ2 for determining the buckling height hef in general calculation method
...................................................................................................................... 76
Table 5.3 Deformation characteristics of masonry according to [8] ................................ 79
Table 5.4 Critical slenderness depending on the final creep coefficient ......................... 80
Table 5.5 Comparison of the load-bearing resistance of IW-01 according to different
calculation methods ....................................................................................... 81
Table 5.6 Initial shear strength values fvk0 for masonry under zero compressive stress
according to [8]. ........................................................................................... 101
Table 5.7 Values of fst as a function of the compressive strength class according to [8]
.................................................................................................................... 106
Table 6.1 Maximum permissible values of the infill area of non-loadbearing exterior walls
according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA without calculation .................................... 135
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
List of tables iii

Table 6.2 Maximum permissible values of the infill area of non-loadbearing exterior walls
according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA without calculation .................................... 137
Table 6.3 Limiting dimensions for walls supported on four edges without superimposed
vertical load2),3) and walls supported on three edges with a free vertical edge*)
according to [12] .......................................................................................... 140
Table 6.4 Limiting dimensions for walls supported on four edges with superimposed
vertical load2),3) and walls supported on three edges with a free vertical edge*)
according to [12] .......................................................................................... 140
Table 6.5 Limiting dimensions for walls supported on three edges and a free upper edge
(top of the wall) without superimposed vertical load2),3) according to [12] .... 141
Table 6.6 Limiting dimensions for walls supported on four edges without superimposed
vertical load2),3) and walls supported on three edges with a free vertical edge*)
according to [12] .......................................................................................... 141
Table 6.7 Limiting dimensions for walls supported on four edges without superimposed
vertical load2),3) and walls supported on three edges with a free vertical edge*)
according to [12] .......................................................................................... 145
Table 7.1 Fire protection according to MBO 2002 (Musterbauordnung – MBO)........... 146
Table 7.2 Factor ω to allow for different combinations of masonry units and mortar (Table
NA.1 in DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA) ..................................................................... 152
Table 7.3 Design values of the acting axial forces and the load-bearing resistance of IW-
01 according to different calculation methods .............................................. 155
Table 7.4 Design values of the acting axial forces of the exterior wall EW-02.1 (see section
5.2.1.1) ........................................................................................................ 161
Table 7.5 Design values of the acting axial forces of the exterior wall EW-02.1 in case of
fire ............................................................................................................... 162
Table 7.6 Design values of the acting moments of the exterior wall EW-02.1 in case of fire
.................................................................................................................... 163
Table 7.7 Eccentricities of the exteriror wall EW-02.1 under fire case.......................... 164

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
List of figures iv

List of figures
Figure 1.1 Wind action on vertical construction elements [6] ............................................ 7
Figure 1.2 Horizontal wind loads acting in two perpendicular directions on the facade ..... 8
Figure 1.3 Wind action on duo pitch roofs [6] .................................................................... 9
Figure 1.4 Static system of the gable roof with dead and live loads ................................ 14
Figure 1.5 Graphically determined load areas for a regular storey .................................. 19
Figure 1.6 Load transfer from a concrete beam to the adjacent construction elements ... 20
Figure 2.1: Requirements for lengths and distances a of stiffening walls according to the
simplified check of structural stability according to Mann/ Müller [17] ............. 25
Figure 2.2: Stiffening walls for the analysis of structural stability ...................................... 27
Figure 2.3: Wind loads on the example building in the direction of letter-axis .................. 27
Figure 2.4: left: static system of the fassade; right: static system of the building bracing . 29
Figure 2.5: Shear center and center of the floor plan of the bracing system .................... 32
Figure 2.6: Equivalent hotizontal loads due to imperfections [7] ...................................... 34
Figure 2.7: Torsion and Translation in the bracing system ............................................... 35
Figure 2.8: Equilibrium of forces for a centric wind load ................................................... 40
Figure 2.9: Equilibrium of forces for an eccentric wind load ............................................. 43
Figure 2.10: Resulting loads at the bottom of a wall in the basement  HEd and  MEd ...... 44
Figure 3.1 Section of the first-floor plan showing IW-01 .................................................. 45
Figure 3.2 Section of the third-floor plan showing EW-02 ............................................... 51
Figure 3.3 Partially supported slab ................................................................................. 51
Figure 4.1 Section of the first-floor plan showing IW-01 .................................................. 61
Figure 4.2 Section of the third-floor plan showing EW-02 ............................................... 64
Figure 5.1 Section of the first-floor plan showing IW-01 .................................................. 67
Figure 5.2 Simplified frame diagram ............................................................................... 70
Figure 5.3 Load combinations for decisive eccentricities at the top and bottom of the wall
...................................................................................................................... 70
Figure 5.4 Bending moment of IW-01 for different load combinations ............................. 73
Figure 5.5 Reduced bending moment of IW-01 with different load combinations ............ 75
Figure 5.6 Moments from calculation of eccentricities [8] ................................................ 77
Figure 5.7 Section of the first-floor plan showing EW-02.1.............................................. 82
Figure 5.8 Wall-floor-junction of the exterior wall EW-02.1.............................................. 84
Figure 5.9 Bending moment of the weak axis (wind load with hinged supports) .............. 86
Figure 5.10 Bending moment of the weak axis (wind load with fixed supports) ................. 86
Figure 5.11 Offset of the wall EW-02.1 from the second to the first floor........................... 93
Figure 5.12 Comparison of the internal force lines according to the cantilever model and the
method according to Annex NA.K from DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA ........................ 95
Figure 5.13 Equilibrium of forces according to the bending moment distribution of Figure 5.9
...................................................................................................................... 99
Figure 5.14 Horizontal wind load acting on the façade.................................................... 100
Figure 5.15 Left (a): failure due to friction of the bed joints; right (b): tensile failure of the
bricks ........................................................................................................... 104
Figure 5.16 Shear stress distribution for left: short walls (parabolic distribution) and right:
long walls (constant distribution) .................................................................. 107
Figure 5.17 Failure due to compression and shear ......................................................... 109
Figure 5.18 Joint failure due to tilting of the individual bricks under shear load ............... 111
Figure 5.19 Limitation of the edge strain in shear walls [8] ............................................. 113
Figure 0.1 Basement wall ([26]) .................................................................................... 115
Figure 0.2 Conditions of a basement wall for using the verification according to DIN EN
1996-3/NA ([26]) .......................................................................................... 116
Figure 0.3 Position of the basement wall BW-01 .......................................................... 118

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
List of figures v

Figure 0.4 Position of the basement wall BW-01.02 and BW-01.03 .............................. 119
Figure 0.5 Frame system of a basement wall using joint analysis (Source: Mauerwerk 17
(2013), Heft 3) ............................................................................................. 123
Figure 0.6 Simplified frame system using joint analysis [8] ........................................... 124
Figure 0.7 Earth pressure on basement wall ([26]) ....................................................... 127
Figure 0.8 Basement wall according to DIN EN 1996-3 ([25]) ....................................... 131
Figure 0.9 Approach of arching action ([25]) ................................................................. 131
Figure 6.1 Non-loadbearing walls: exterior walls ([26]) ................................................. 135
Figure 6.2 Position of the gable wall GW-01 ................................................................. 136
Figure 6.3 Non-loadbearing walls: interior walls ([26]) .................................................. 138
Figure 6.4 Limitation of wall dimensions of non-loadbearing interior walls [26] ............. 139
Figure 6.5 Wall with one opening: left: type (a); right: type (d) ...................................... 139
Figure 6.6 Non-loadbearing masonry wall n-lb. mw-01 ................................................. 142
Figure 6.7 Non-loadbearing masonry wall n-lb. mw-01 with openings (1.0m x 2.0m) .... 143
Figure 7.1 Variation of the reduction factor 𝜼𝒇𝒊 with the load ration 𝑸𝒌, 𝟏/𝑮𝒌 ............... 151
Figure 7.2 Position of the exterior wall IW-01................................................................ 154
Figure 7.3 Position of the exterior wall EW-02.1 ........................................................... 160
Figure 7.4 Simplified frame diagram of the exterior wall EW-02.1 ................................. 162

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
References vi

References

[1] DGfM (Hrsg.) (2013): Merkblatt zur Abdichtung von Mauerwerk. Berlin: Deutsche
Gesellschaft für Mauerwerks- und Wohnungsbau e. V.

[2] DIN 4103-1:1984-07: Nichttragende innere Trennwände: Anforderungen, Nachweise.

Berlin: DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Beuth Verlag GmbH

[3] DIN EN 1990:2010-12: Eurocode: Grundlagen der Tragwerksplanung; in Verbindung

mit: DIN EN 1990/NA:2010-12 sowie DIN EN 1990/NA/A1:2012-08. Berlin: DIN
Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Beuth Verlag GmbH

[4] DIN EN 1991-1-1:2010-12: Eurocode 1: Einwirkungen auf Tragwerke – Teil 1-1:

Allgemeine Einwirkungen auf Tragwerke – Wichten, Eigengewicht und Nutzlasten im
Hochbau; in Verbindung mit DIN EN 1991-1-1/NA:2010-12. Berlin: DIN Deutsches
Institut für Normung e. V., Beuth Verlag GmbH

[5] DIN EN 1991-1-3:2010-12: Eurocode 1: Einwirkungen auf Tragwerke – Teil 1-3:

Allgemeine Einwirkungen - Schneelasten; in Verbindung mit DIN EN 1991-1-
3/A1:2013-10 sowie DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA:2010-12. Berlin: DIN Deutsches Institut für
Normung e. V., Beuth Verlag GmbH

[6] DIN EN 1991-1-4:2010-12: Eurocode 1: Einwirkungen auf Tragwerke – Teil 1-4:

Allgemeine Einwirkungen - Windlasten; in Verbindung mit DIN EN 1991-1-4/NA:2010-
12. Berlin: DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Beuth Verlag GmbH

[7] DIN EN 1992-1-1:2011-01: Eurocode 2: Bemessung und Konstruktion von Stahlbeton-

und Spannbetontragwerken – Teil 1-1: Allgemeine Bemessungsregeln und Regeln für
den Hochbau; in Verbindung mit DIN EN 1992-1-1/A1:2015-03 sowie DIN EN 1992-1-
1/NA:2013-04 und DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA/A1:2015-06. Berlin: DIN Deutsches Institut für
Normung e. V., Beuth Verlag GmbH

[8] DIN EN 1996-1-1:2013-02: Eurocode 6: Bemessung und Konstruktion von

Mauerwerksbauten – Teil 1-1: Allgemeine Regeln für bewehrtes und unbewehrtes
Mauerwerk; in Verbindung mit: DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA:2012-05, DIN EN 1996-1-
1/NA/A1:2014-03, DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA/A2:2015-01, DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA/A3:2019-07.
Berlin: DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Beuth Verlag GmbH

[9] DIN EN 1996-3:2010-12: Eurocode 6: Bemessung und Konstruktion von

Mauerwerksbauten – Teil 3: Vereinfachte Berechnungsmethoden für unbewehrte
Mauerwerksbauten; in Verbindung mit DIN EN 1996-3/NA:2012-01, DIN EN 1996-
3/NA/A1:2014-03, DIN EN 1996-3/NA/A2:2015-01, DIN EN 1996-3/NA/A3:2019-07.
Berlin: DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Beuth Verlag GmbH
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
References vii

[10] Graubner, Schmitt, Förster (2015): Tragfähigkeitstafeln für unbewehrtes Mauerwerk

nach Eurocode 6 – Teil 3. In: Mauerwerksbau aktuell 2015. Berlin: Beuth Verlag
GmbH, S. E.105 bis E.128

[11] Graubner, Glock, Jäger, Pflücke (2002): Knicksicherheit von Mauerwerk. In:
Mauerwerk-Kalender. Berlin: Ernst & Sohn GmbH, Seite 381-445

[12] Kirtschig, Anstötz (1986): Zur Tragfähigkeit von nichttragenden inneren Trennwänden
in Massivbauweise. In: Mauerwerk-Kalender. Berlin: Ernst & Sohn GmbH, Seite 697-
734

[13] Kranzler (2008): Tragfähigkeit überwiegend horizontal beanspruchter

Aussteifungsscheiben aus unbewehrtem Mauerwerk. Dissertation. Darmstadt:
Technische Universität, Institut für Massivbau

[14] Mann (1992): Zug- und Biegezugfestigkeit von Mauerwerk – theoretische Grundlagen
und Vergleich mit Versuchsergebnissen. In: Mauerwerk-Kalender. Berlin: Ernst & Sohn
GmbH, Seite 601-607

[15] Mann, Müller (1973): Bruchkriterien für querkraftbeanspruchtes Mauerwerk und ihre
Anwendung auf gemauerte Windscheiben. In: Die Bautechnik, Heft 12. Berlin

[16] Mann, Müller (1978): Schubtragfähigkeit von Mauerwerk. In: Mauerwerk-Kalender.

Berlin: Ernst & Sohn GmbH, Seite 35-66

[17] Mann, Müller (1985): Schubtragfähigkeit von gemauerten Wänden und

Voraussetzungen für das Entfallen des Windnachweises. In: Mauerwerk-Kalender.
Berlin: Ernst & Sohn GmbH, Seite 95-114

[18] Meyer, Schubert (1992): Spannungs-Dehnungs-Linien von Mauerwerk. In: Mauerwerk-

Kalender. Berlin: Ernst & Sohn GmbH, Seite 615-622

[19] Richter (2009): Tragfähigkeit nichttragender Wände aus Mauerwerk. Dissertation.

Darmstadt: Technische Universität, Institut für Massivbau

[20] Schneider, Schubert, Wormuth (1999): Mauerwerksbau, 6. Auflage. Düsseldorf:

Werner-Verlag

[21] Steinle, Hahn (1995): Bauen mit Betonfertigteilen im Hochbau. Berlin: Fachvereinigung
Deutscher Betonfertigteilbau e. V., Ernst & Sohn GmbH

[22] MIW- Masonry Institut of Washington: Pocket Guide to Brick and CMU Construction,
2012

[23] Böhme (2004): Ringanker und Ringbalken: Mauerwerk, Heft 1, 2004, Ernst & Sohn
GmbH

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
References viii

[24] DAfM (Hrsg.) (2020):Eurocode 6, DIN EN 1996 mit Nationalen Anhängen: Bemessung
und Konstruktion von Mauerwerksbauten, kommentierte Fassung, Beuth Verlag
GmbH, Ernst & Sohn Verlag GmbH

[25] Graubner et all: Standsicherheit von Kellerwänden bei drückendem Wasser,

Mauerwerk 18 (2014), Heft 5

[26] Mauerwerk – Das Lehrportal” of the “DGfM – Deutsche Gesellschaft für Mauerwerks-
und Wohnungsbau e.V.“: Mauerwerksbaulehre - Lehre zum Mauerwerksbau
(mauerwerksbau-lehre.de)

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
0 Building description 1

0 Building description
1.1 Generals
The observed construction project is a four-storey residential building in Heppenheim
(Bergstraße). The main load-bearing structure consists of masonry walls, reinforced concrete
floor slabs and a wooden gable roof structure. The exterior walls are made of perforated clay
masonry units (t = 36.5 cm) with high thermal resistance. Therefore, no further thermal
insulation is necessary for the exterior walls. Also, the interior walls are made of perforated
clay masonry units with a wall thickness of t = 17.5 cm.
The residential building has three regular storeys for apartments (1st floor – 3rd floor), one
basement storey and one attic storey. The regular storeys are finished with light drywalls
partitions with a dead load of < 3.0 kN/m. The constructor orders photovoltaics on top of the
roof covering.

• Building dimensions L/B/H: 25.33 m / 9.37 m / 13.20 m

(height from ground level+0.00m)

• Bracing system:
The building is braced by concrete floor slabs, that act as rigid diaphragms and by the
stiffening walls EW-01, EW-02, EW-03. EW-04 on the axis 1, 3, A and F. As a conservative
assumption the other walls are not considered for the bracing. The clamping plane is
assumed at the ground slab since the basement floor plan is similar to the floor plans
above.

• Foundations:
A ground slab transfers the building loads to the ground.

• The execution plans show the geometry and construction dimensions of the building.

• Construction materials:
On-site concrete: C 30/37
Reinforcing steel B 500 B
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units:
Exterior walls t x l x h = 36.5 x 20.0 x 24.9 cm
compressive strength class 10
Interior walls t x l x h = 17.5 x 30.7 x 24.9 cm
compressive strength class 12

The following structural details show the structure of the slab and wall finishing.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
0 Building description 2

1.2 Structural details

Gable roofing with above-rafter

insulation (Aufsparrendämmung)
- photovoltaics
- roof covering
- slats and cross slats
- wood fibre covering plate
- thermal insulation wood fibre
- moisture barrier, one layer
- wooden shuttering
- wooden rafters
Gable roofing with above-rafter insulation
[www.holzfaser.org, accessed on 19.04.2022]

Floor construction of the floor slab

- carpet
- cement screed (8 cm)
- impact sound insulation with fibres (5 cm)
- levelling course, bulk material
- moisture barrier, one layer
- reinforced concrete slab
- suspended structure Floor construction of the suspended ceiling
[Pech et al. 2021: Baukonstruktion Band 5: Decken]

Floor construction of the ground slab

- flagstone (incl. mortar)
- cement screed (10 cm)
- moisture barrier, one layer
- impact sound insulation with fibres (5 cm)
- thermal insulation, foam glass (10 cm)
- levelling course, bulk material
- synthetic tightening, 1.5 mm
- ground slab (reinforced concrete) Floor construction of the ground slab
[Pech et al. 2016: Baukonstruktion Band 14: Fußböden]

Facade of exterior walls Plastering t = 20 mm

Perforated clay masonry units

[Perforated clay masonry units: www.ziegel-eder.de]

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 3

2. Load determination
1.1 Preliminary remarks for the static analysis

Construction project: New construction of a four-storey residential building

Spreestraße 20
64646 Heppenheim

Constructor: J.J. Johnson GmbH

Architect: J.J. Johnson architect

Content: static analysis: x pages

execution plans: x pages

Execution plans: 2 ground plans

2 sectional plans

Standards: DIN EN 1991 actions on structures

DIN EN 1996 design of masonry structures

Construction materials: On-site concrete: C 30/37

Reinforcing steel B 500 B
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units:
Exterior wall t x l x h = 36.5 x 20.0 x 24.9 cm
12.5 kg / unit (γ = 6.88 kN/m³)
compressive strength class 10
Interior wall t x l x h = 17.5 x 30.7 x 24.9 cm
14.9 kg / unit (γ = 11.14 kN/m³)
compressive strength class 12

Load assumption: DIN EN 1991

snow load zone 2, wind load zone 1

ground level A = 122 m above sea level

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 4

1.2 Acting loads according to DIN EN 1991-1-1 / NA

The load determination is based on DIN EN 1991-1-1 / NA:

DIN EN 1991 Actions on structures:

Part 1: General actions

Part 1-1: Densities, self-weight, imposed loads for buildings

Part 1-2: Actions on structures exposed to fire

Part 1-3: General actions - Snow loads

Part 1-4: General actions - Wind actions

Part 1-5: General actions - Thermal actions

Part 1-6: General actions - Actions during execution

Part 1-7: General actions - Accidental Actions

Part 2: Traffic loads on bridges

Part 3: Actions induced by cranes and machinery

Part 4: Silos and tanks

DIN 4149 / DIN EN 1998

Buildings in German earthquake zones

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 5

1.2.1 Permanent loads

The dead weight of the structure and the additional dead loads of the building (ceilings and
roof structures, storage/bulk materials, facade cladding) can be taken from the tables
according to DIN EN 1991-1-1, Annex A as specific weights [kN/m³] or area loads [kN/m²].
If the used materials are not listed in the tables of DIN EN 1991, further technical literature or
the manufacturer's specifications must be consulted. The determination of the permanent
loads acting on this building per storey is made in chapter 1.3.

1.2.2 Live loads

The live loads depend on the type of use of a building. The type of use can vary depending on
the floor, room or area. According to DIN EN 1991-1-1/NA:2010-12, Table 6.1EN, different
categories of use are defined and the associated area loads qk are specified.

Table 2.1 Live loads of selected categories of use according DIN EN 1991-1-1/NA

Live loads according to DIN EN 1991-1-1/NA

Category Use qk [kN/m²]
A1 Attica 1.0
Rooms and corridors in residential buildings, bed rooms,
A2 1.5
hotel rooms
As A2, without sufficient transverse distribution of the
A3 2.0 (1.5)1
loads
B1 Rooms and corridors in office buildings 2.0
B2 Corridors in hotels, nursing homes, hospitals, etc. 3.0
C1 Areas with tables (school rooms, restaurants, etc.) 3.0
C2 Areas with fixed seats 4.0
C3 Areas without obstacles for moving people 5.0
Areas in general retail shops up to 50m²
D1 2.0
Floor space in residential and office buildings
D2 Areas in department stores 5.0
T1 Stairs and landings to A and B, without heavy equipment 3.0
T2 Stairs and stair landings to B2 to D 5.0
Z Roof terraces, balconies, arcades 4.0
1) for the forwarding of loads
Partition wall surcharge qk [kN/m²]
Wall weight  3.0 kN/m 0.8
3.0 kN/m < Wall weight  5.0 kN/m 1.2
For live loads of  5 kN/m² the partition wall surcharge can be omitted.

The category A2 for residential areas applies to all storeys of the considered building.
Therefore, the disposed live load is:

qk = 1.5 kN/m²

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 6

1.2.3 Wind loads

The wind pressure acting on an external surface we [kN/m²] is determined according to DIN
EN 1991-1-4 section 5.2(1) as follows:

we = q p ( ze )  c pe

qp(ze) peak velocity pressure (Böengeschwindigkeitsdruck)

cpe external pressure coefficient (aerodynamischer Beiwert für den Außendruck)

According to DIN EN 1991-1-4 Annex NA.B.3.2, the peak velocity pressure qp for structures
up to 25 m high can be chosen in a simplified way according to Table 2.2:
➔ qp(ze) = 0.65 kN/m²
Table 2.2 Simplified peak velocity pressure for buildings with total height < 25 m [6]

Velocity pressure qp in kN/m² for a building height h

Wind zone within the limits of

h  10 m 10 m < h  18 m 18 m < h  25 m

1 Inland 0.50 0.65 0.75

Inland 0.65 0.80 0.90
2 Coast1) and islands of the
0.85 1.00 1.10
Baltic Sea

Inland 0.80 0.95 1.10

3 Coast1) and islands of the
1.05 1.20 1.30
Baltic Sea

Inland 0.95 1.15 1.30

Coast1) and islands of the

4 1.25 1.40 1.55
Baltic Sea

Islands of the North Sea2) 1.40 - -

1)
The coast includes a 5 km wide strip running along the coast and facing inland.
2)
On the islands of the North Sea, separate rules apply to the peak velocity pressure for
structures over 10 m high, see NA.B.3.3

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 7

1.1.1.1 Wind on external walls

For a realistic consideration of aerodynamic effects, the cpe coefficient must be determined as
a function of the building geometry. It is important to distinguish the wind loads in the two
directions of the floor plan. The cpe,10 value is to be used to determine the wind loads on the
entire building, as areas > 10 m² are considered. The coefficient cpe,1 is used for the design of
smaller details (areas < 1m²).

Table 2.3 External pressure coefficient for vertical construction elements [6]

Figure 2.1 Wind action on vertical construction elements [6]

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 8

In the following, the horizontal wind load is determined separately for the two directions of the
floor plan based on the building elevation. Either the load case wind parallel to the letter-axis
or the load case wind parallel to the number-axis acts on the building. Within each load case,
the wind pressure on the front-side and the wind suction on the back-side act simultaneously
(additive) on the vertical facade.

wind parallel to the letter-axis: wind parallel to the number-axis:

Figure 2.2 Horizontal wind loads acting in two perpendicular directions on the facade

wind parallel to the letter-axis:

h / d = = 13.20 m / 9.37 m = 1.41 → interpolation of the external pressure coefficient

zone D (wind pressure): cpe,10,D = +0.80

zone E (wind suction): cpe,10,E = -0.52

kN kN
wind pressure: wD = qP ( ze )  c pe = 0.65  0.80 = 0.52
m² m²

kN kN
wind suction: wE = qP ( ze )  c pe = 0.65  (−0.52) = − 0.34
m² m²

wind parallel to the number-axis:

h / d = = 13.20 m / 25.37 m = 0.52 → interpolation of the external pressure coefficient

zone D (wind pressure): cpe,10,D = +0.74

zone E (wind suction): cpe,10,E = -0.37

kN kN
wind pressure: wD = qP ( ze )  c pe = 0.65  0.74 = 0.48
m² m²

kN kN
wind suction: wE = qP ( ze )  c pe = 0.65  (−0.37) = − 0.24
m² m²

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 9

1.1.1.2 Wind on duo pitch roofs

Figure 2.3 Wind action on duo pitch roofs [6]

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 10

Table 2.4 External pressure coefficient for duo pitch roofs with wind direction 0° [6]

Table 2.5 External pressure coefficient for duo pitch roofs with wind direction 90°
[6]

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 11

As a conservative approach the maximum/ minimum wind load zone is applied for the whole
roof area:

wind parallel to the letter-axis:

Pitch angle (Dachneigung) 26° → interpolation of the external pressure coefficient

zone F/G (wind pressure): cpe,10,D = +0.57

zone J (wind suction): cpe,10,E = -0.63

kN kN
wind pressure: wD = qP ( ze )  c pe = 0.65  0.57 = 0.37
m² m²

kN kN
wind suck: wE = qP ( ze )  c pe = 0.65  (−0.63) = − 0.41
m² m²

wind parallel to the number-axis:

Pitch angle 26° → interpolation of the external pressure coefficient

zone - (wind pressure): cpe,10,D = 0.00

zone G (wind suction): cpe,10,E = -1.37

kN kN
wind pressure: wD = qP ( ze )  c pe = 0.65  0.00 = 0.00
m² m²

kN kN
wind suck: wE = qP ( ze )  c pe = 0.65  (−1.37) = − 0.89
m² m²

The load case wind pressure (on the roof) acts additively in the same direction as the other
dead and live loads of the building. Therefore, the wind pressure is the decisive load case for
the masonry walls. The load case wind suction (on the roof) acts in the opposite direction and
compensates the dead and live loads. However, the load case wind suction might be decisive
for the design of the wooden roof construction and the roof covering. Since this exercise is
focused on masonry constructions, the load case wind suction will not be considered here.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 12

1.2.4 Snow loads

To determine the snow load on the roof, the characteristic snow load on the ground sk must
first be determined depending on the snow load zone, which is then modified with a coefficient
μi depending on the geometry of the roof. According to DIN EN 1991-1-3:2010-12, (5.3), the
characteristic snow load on the roof s is:

s = i  sk

with
s characteristic snow load on the roof
i snow load shape coefficient
sk characteristic value of snow on the ground at the relevant site

Table 2.6 Characteristic value of snow load depending on the snow zone [5]

Zon Characteristic value of snow load on the ground

e in kN/m²

 A + 140 
2
1 sk = 0.19 + 0.91    0.65
 760 

  A + 140  
2

1a sk = 1.25  0.19 + 0.91     0.81

  760  

 A + 140 
2
2 sk = 0.25 + 1.91    0.85
 760 

  A + 140  
2

2a sk = 1.25  0.25 + 1.91     1.06

  760  

 A + 140 
2
31) sk = 0.31 + 2.91    1.10
 760 
A is the terrain height above sea level in m

1)
In Zone 3, for certain locations (e.g. Oberharz, high
altitudes of the Fichtelgebirge, Reit im Winkl,
Obernach/Walchensee) higher values than those according
to the above equation may be decisive. Information about
the snow load in these regions must be obtained from the
responsible authorities.

Heppenheim is located in the snow load zone 2. Therefore, the following is applied:

 A + 140 
2
kN
sk = 0.25 + 1.91    0.85
 760  m²

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 13

Table 2.7 Snow load shape coefficients [5]

Snow load shape Angle of pitch of roof 

coefficients 0°   30° 30° < < 60°  60°

1 0.8 0.80  ( 60 −  ) 30 0

2 0.80 + 0.80   30 1.6 0

The shape coefficients apply if the snow is not prevented from sliding off the roof. If the snow
is prevented from sliding off (e.g. by snow fences, parapets, etc.), the shape coefficient must
be set at  = 0.8.

[DIN EN 1991-1-3:2010-12, Table 5.2]

pitch angle  = 26°: 1 = 0.8

ground level: Hs = A = 122 m above sea level

characteristic snow load on the ground: sk = 0.85 kN/m²

s = 0.8 . 0.85 kN/m2 = 0.68 kN/m2

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 14

1.3 Determination of the live and dead loads acting per storey
1.3.1 Gable roof (above-rafter insulation)

Dead loads:

photovoltaics = 0.30 kN/m2

roof covering (incl. slats and cross slats) = 0.60 kN/m2

wood fibre covering plate = 0.02 kN/m2

thermal insulation wood fibre 15 cm  0.04 kN/(m²cm) = 0.60 kN/m2

moisture barrier, one layer = 0.07 kN/m2

wooden shuttering 2 cm · 0.08 kN//m²·cm) = 0.16 kN/m2

wooden rafters (distance 0.70 m) 0.24 m  0.08 m · 5 kN/m3 / 0.7m = 0.14 kN/m2
gk,roof = 1.89 kN/m²

Live loads:

Wind loads w = 0.37 kN/m2

Snow loads s = 0.68 kN/m2

In the following, the live loads are summed up without the consideration of load reduction
factors for the different combinations of action, since this simplifying assumption is a
conservative approach.

Figure 2.4 Static system of the gable roof with dead and live loads

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 15

→: Ah = −w  sin ( )  5.77

Ah = −0.94 kN / m
( Ah, gk = 0.00 kN / m; Ah,qk = −0.94 kN / m)


2 2
M B : Av  4.5 = Ah  2.20 + g  5.77  5.18 + w  5.77 + s  5.18
2 2 2
Av = 9.87 kN / m
( Av, gk = 6.28 kN / m; Av,qk = 2.94 kN / m)

: Av + Bv = g  5.77 + w  cos ( )  5.77 + s  5.18

Bv = 7.13 kN / m
( Bv, gk = 4.63 kN / m; Bv,qk = 2.50 kN / m)

Symmetric system → support B gets loads from both sides of the gable roof:

Bv,gk = 2 · 4.63 kN/m = 9.26 kN/m

Bv,qk = 2 · 2.50 kN/m = 5.00 kN/m

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 16

1.3.2 Floor slab (suspended)

Dead loads:

carpet = 0.03 kN/m2

cement screed (8 cm) 8 cm  0.22 kN/(m²·cm) = 1.76 kN/m2
impact sound insulation with fibres (5 cm) 5 cm  0.01 kN/(m²·cm) = 0.05 kN/m2
levelling course, bulk material = 0.03 kN/m2
moisture barrier, one layer = 0.07 kN/m2
reinforced concrete slab 0.2 m · 25 kN/m3 = 5.00 kN/m2
suspended structure = 0.40 kN/m2
gk,slab = 7.34 kN/m2

Live loads:

Residential area = 1.50 kN/m²

light drywalls partitions = 0.80 kN/m²

qk,slab = 2.30 kN/m²

Live loads for partitions

According to DIN EN 1991-1-1/NA:2010-12 NCI, paragraph 6.3.1.2 (8), the partition surcharge
is defined as follows:

The influence of light unloaded partition walls (up to a maximum load of 5 kN/m) may be applied
as a uniformly distributed surcharge to the live load (Trennwandzuschlag).

The surcharge on the effective load must be at least 0.8 kN/m² for walls which, including the
plaster, provide a load of at most 3 kN/m, and at least 1.2 kN/m² for walls which provide a load
between 3 kN/m and 5 kN/m. This supplement is not required for live loads of 5 kN/m² and
more. Loads due to movable partitions must be treated as live loads.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 17

1.3.3 Staircase

Dead loads:

Staircase and stair landing (load per m² plan projection) = 5.0 kN/m²

Live loads:

Staircase and stair landing (for residential areas) = 3.0 kN/m²

1.3.4 Dead loads walls and concrete beams

Dead loads

Exterior walls + plastering 3.0 m · (0.365 m · 6.88 kN/m³ + 0.3 kN/m²) = 8.43 kN/m

Gable walls + plastering (3.25 + 1.05) m / 2 · (0.365 m · 6.88 kN/m³

= 6.04 kN/m
+ 0.3 kN/m²)

Interior walls + plastering 3.0 m · (0.175 m · 11.14 kN/m³ + 0.3 kN/m²) = 6.75 kN/m

Concrete beam 0.4 m · 0.175 m · 25 kN/m3 = 1.75 kN/m

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 18

1.4 Load determination for the vertical components

Walls, beams and columns serve as supports for floor slabs. Thus, the supporting forces of
the floor slab must be determined to calculate the loads of the vertical components. In practice,
engineers often use FEM software to determine these supporting forces of the slabs, especially
in the case of very complex structures. To verify whether the FE calculations leads to
reasonable results, a verification with load areas can be done to check the order of magnitude.
Furthermore, this graphical determination of the load areas supports the understanding of the
vertical load transfer.

The effective span of the slab has the ratio: lz / ly = 9.0 m / 5.0 m = 1.80. Since this ratio is
< 2.0, the floor slabs are considered as two-way slabs. The load areas for each construction
element are identified with the rules according to the lecture notes in chapter 4.2 and shown
in the following Figure 2.5.

The dead and live loads of the considered residential building are summarized in the following
table.

Table 2.8 Overview of all vertical acting dead and live loads on the building

Dead and live loads

gk,roof 1.89 [kN/m²]

wk,roof 0.37 [kN/m²]
sk,roof 0.68 [kN/m²]
Av,gk,roof 6.28 [kN/m]
Bv,gk,roof 9.26 [kN/m]
Ah,gk,roof 0.00 [kN/m]
Av,qk,roof 2.94 [kN/m]
Bv,qk,roof 5.01 [kN/m]
Ah,qk,roof -0.94 [kN/m]

gk,slab 7.34 [kN/m²]

qk,slab 2.30 [kN/m²]

gk,staircase 5.00 [kN/m²]

qk,staircase 3.00 [kN/m²]

gk,exterior,wall 8.43 [kN/m]

gk,interior,wall 6.75 [kN/m]

gk,gable,wall 6.04 [kN/m]

gk,CB 1.75 [kN/m]

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 19

1 2 3

9,365 m

4,50 m 4,50 m

EW-02
z
A
y

1,83 m
EW-02
5,34 m 45°
EW-01.1

EW-03.1
5,00 m

1,83 m 3,17 m2,99 m 2,35 m 1,83 m

30°
MC-01
60

IW-01
°

CB-01
B
4,82 m 4,18 m
3,00 m

30°
EW-01.2

EW-03.2
2,62 m 2,45 m
6,00 m

EW-03
80 m

2,20 m 64 m 1,81 m 1,73 m

2,20 m

45°
IW-02.1 IW-02.2
C
60
°
60

2,00 m
°
25,333 m

EW-01.3

EW-03.3

IW-03
4,00 m

1,38 m 2,70 m 1,29 m

1,15 m 1,32 m 1,15 m
2,00 m

3,63 m
5,37 m
D
1,83 m

IW-04.1 IW-04.2
45°

2,99 m 64 cm 2,10 m
45° 30°
67cm
EW-01.4

EW-03.4
5,00 m

1,83 m 2,74 m 1,44 m

2,50 m

30° 30°
°
60

IW-05
60

4,82 m 4,18 m
°

E
CB-02
3,17 m

60
°

MC-01
60

30° 30°
5,00 m

EW-01.5

EW-03.5

1,83 m 2,99 m 2,35 m 1,83 m

45°
45°
5,34 m
1,83 m
45°

F
EW-04

Figure 2.5 Graphically determined load areas for a regular storey

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 20

Notes:

• The stairs have the static system of a simple beam, tensioned in the direction parallel
to the letter-axis.
• The stair landings have the static system of a simple beam, tensioned in the direction
parallel to the number-axis.
• The concrete beams have the static system of a simple beam and transfer the loads to
the adjacent walls/columns. In the table of the total vertical loads, these loads are
already assigned to the adjacent walls/columns. Figure 2.6 shows the load transfer
from the concrete beam CB-01 to the wall IW-01 and EW-03 as well as to the masonry
column MC-01. The half of each beam span (= 0.88 m) is transferred into the adjacent
construction elements.

Figure 2.6 Load transfer from a concrete beam to the adjacent construction elements

Table 2.9 shows the calculation of the load area A for each construction element and is
recorded from the above-shown floor plan with the graphical load areas.
Table 2.9 Calculation of the load area for each construction element

position-number lz [m] ly [m] A [m²] length of the wall l[m]

EW-01.1 1.83 5.00 4.58 5.00
EW-01.2 2.20 6.00 6.60 6.00
EW-01.3 0.00 4.00 0.00 4.00
EW-01.4 1.83 5.00 4.58 5.00
EW-01.5 1.83 5.00 4.58 5.00
EW-01 20.33 25.00

EW-02 7.17 1.83 13.12 9.00

EW-03.1 1.83 5.00 4.58 5.00

EW-03.2 1.73 6.00 5.19 6.00
EW-03.3 1.15 4.00 2.30 4.00
EW-03.4 1.44 5.00 3.60 5.00
EW-03.5 1.83 5.00 4.58 5.00
EW-03 20.24 25.00

EW-04 7.17 1.83 13.12 9.00

IW-01 (A-B) 3.91 3.17 12.38 4.64

IW-01 (B-C)a 3.72 3.00 11.16
IW-01 (B-C)b 2.62 0.80 1.05
IW-01 24.59 4.64

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 21

IW-02.1 (B-C)a 4.32 2.20 9.47 5.19

IW-02.1 (B-C)b 2.62 0.80 1.05
IW-02.1 (B-C)c 0.64 0.80 0.51
IW-02.1 (C-D)* 5.37 2.00 10.74*
IW-02.2 (B-C) 2.68 3.00 8.03 3.45
IW-02.2 (C-D) 2.48 2.00 4.95
IW-02 34.75 8.64

IW-03 1.16 4.00 2.32 3.83

IW-04.1 (C-D)* 5.37 2.00 10.74* 5.19

IW-04.1 (D-E)a 4.50 1.83 8.24
IW-04.1 (D-E)b 2.99 0.67 1.00
IW-04.1 (D-E)c 0.64 0.67 0.43
IW-04.2 (C-D) 2.48 2.00 4.95 3.45
IW-04.2 (D-E) 2.78 2.50 6.94
IW-04 32.29 8.64

IW-05 (D-E)a 3.91 2.50 9.76 4.64

IW-05 (D-E)b 2.99 0.67 1.00
IW-05 (E-F) 3.91 3.17 12.38
IW-05 23.14 4.64

CB-01 (A-B) 3.27 3.17 10.35 4.00

CB-01 (B-C) 3.32 3.00 9.95
CB-01 20.30 4.00

CB-02 (D-E) 3.46 2.50 8.65 4.00

CB-02 (E-F) 3.27 3.17 10.35
CB-02 19.00 4.00
* This load area is dedicated to the staircase

The calculation of the load area A of the interior wall IW-01 is shown exemplary in detail:
IW-01 (A-B) → trapezoid load area between axis A and B:
lz = (4.82 + 2.99) / 2 = 3.91 m; ly = 3.17 m; A = lz · ly = 12.38 m²
IW-01 (B-C) a → trapezoid load area between axis B and C:
lz = (4.82 + 2.62) / 2 = 3.72 m; ly = 3.00 m; A = lz · ly = 11.16 m²
IW-01 (B-C) b → triangular load area between axis B and C:
lz = 2.62 m; ly = 0.80 m; A = lz · ly · 0.5 = 01.05 m²
Total load area IW-01: A = 24.59 m²

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 22

The following table shows the dead load of each construction element for each storey. The resulting values refers to the load sum at the bottom of the wall of the first floor.

Table 2.10 Vertical dead load summarized for each construction element, for each storey and for the whole building from the top to the bottom of the wall of the 1st floor

Dead loads Exterior wall Exterior wall Exterior wall Exterior wall Interior wall Interior wall Interior wall Interior wall Interior wall Masonry column Masonry column sum
GEK EW-01 EW-02 EW-03 EW-04 IW-01 IW-02 IW-03 IW-04 IW-05 MC-01 MC-02 [kN]

area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/
Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek
length length length length length length length length length length length
[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
slab over actions [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m]

3rd floor slab gk [kN/m²] 7.34 20.33 149.19 13.12 96.31 28.88 212.02 13.12 96.31 29.05 213.24 24.01 176.21 2.32 17.03 21.55 158.20 27.32 200.55 11.41 83.75 10.68 78.40

stairs gk [kN/m²] 2.30 - - - - - - - - - - 10.74 24.70 - - 10.74 24.70 - - - - - -

gab. wall gk [kN/m] 6.04 - - 9.00 54.36 - - 9.00 54.36 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

roof Av,gk gk [kN/m] 6.28 25.00 156.92 - - 25.00 156.92 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

roof Bv,gk gk [kN/m] 9.26 - - 2.50 23.14 - - 2.50 23.14 5.50 50.92 5.00 46.29 - - 4.50 41.66 5.00 46.29 - - - -

ext. wall gk [kN/m] 8.43 25.00 210.75 9.00 75.87 25.00 210.75 9.00 75.87 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

int. wall gk [kN/m] 6.75 - - - - - - - - 4.64 31.29 8.64 58.32 3.83 25.85 8.64 58.32 4.64 31.29 0.50 3.38 0.50 3.38

CB gk [kN/m] 1.75 - - - - 1.76 3.08 - - 0.88 1.54 - - - - - - 0.88 1.54 2.25 3.94 2.25 3.94

Sum 3rd floor 516.85 249.68 582.76 249.68 296.98 305.52 42.88 282.88 279.66 91.06 85.71 2983.67

2rd floor slab gk [kN/m²] 7.34 20.33 149.19 13.12 96.31 28.88 212.02 13.12 96.31 29.05 213.24 24.01 176.21 2.32 17.03 21.55 158.20 27.32 200.55 11.41 83.75 10.68 78.40

stairs gk [kN/m²] 2.30 - - - - - - - - - - 10.74 24.70 - - 10.74 24.70 - - - - - -

ext. wall gk [kN/m] 8.43 25.00 210.75 9.00 75.87 25.00 210.75 9.00 75.87 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

int. wall gk [kN/m] 6.75 - - - - - - - - 4.64 31.29 8.64 58.32 3.83 25.85 8.64 58.32 4.64 31.29 0.50 3.38 0.50 3.38

CB gk [kN/m] 1.75 - - - - 1.76 3.08 - - 0.88 1.54 - - - - - - 0.88 1.54 2.25 3.94 2.25 3.94

Sum 2rd floor 359.94 172.18 425.85 172.18 246.07 259.23 42.88 241.22 233.38 91.06 85.71 2329.68

1st floor slab gk [kN/m²] 7.34 20.33 149.19 13.12 96.31 28.88 212.02 13.12 96.31 29.05 213.24 24.01 176.21 2.32 17.03 21.55 158.20 27.32 200.55 11.41 83.75 10.68 78.40

stairs gk [kN/m²] 2.30 - - - - - - - - - - 10.74 24.70 - - 10.74 24.70 - - - - - -

ext. wall gk [kN/m] 8.43 25.00 210.75 5.00 42.15 25.00 210.75 5.00 42.15 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

int. wall gk [kN/m] 6.75 - - - - - - - - 4.64 31.29 8.64 58.32 3.83 25.85 8.64 58.32 4.64 31.29 0.50 3.38 0.50 3.38

CB gk [kN/m] 1.75 - - 4.00 7.00 1.76 3.08 4.00 7.00 0.88 1.54 - - - - - - 0.88 1.54 2.25 3.94 2.25 3.94

Sum 1st floor (1x) 359.94 145.46 425.85 145.46 246.07 259.23 42.88 241.22 233.38 91.06 85.71 2276.24

1236.72 567.32 1434.45 567.32 789.11 823.97 128.64 765.32 746.42 273.17 257.14 7589.60
sum at the bottom of the wall of the 1st floor

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
1 Load determination 23

The following table shows the live load of each construction element for each storey. The resulting value refers to the load sum at the bottom of the wall of the first floor.

Table 2.11 Vertical live loads summarized for each construction element, for each storey and for the whole building from the top to the bottom of the wall of the 1st floor

live loads Masonry Masonry

Exterior wall Exterior wall Exterior wall Exterior wall Interior wall Interior wall Interior wall Interior wall Interior wall sum
QEK EW-01 EW-02 EW-03 EW-04 IW-01 IW-02 IW-03 IW-04 IW-05
column column
[kN]
MC-01 MC-02

area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/ area/
Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek Gek
length length length length length length length length length length length
[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
[m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m] [m²]/[m]
slab over actions
3rd floor 20.33 46.75 13.12 30.18 28.88 66.44 13.12 30.18 29.05 66.82 24.01 55.21 2.32 5.34 21.55 49.57 27.32 62.84 11.41 26.24 10.68 24.57
slab qk [kN/m²] 2.30
stairs qk [kN/m²] 3.00 - - - - - - - - - - 10.74 32.22 - - 10.74 32.22 - - - - - -

roof Av,qk qk [kN/m] 2.94 25.00 156.92 - - 25.00 156.92 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

roof Bv,qk qk [kN/m] 5.01 - - 2.50 23.14 - - 2.50 23.14 5.50 27.53 5.00 25.03 - - 4.50 22.52 5.00 25.03 - - - -
Sum 3rd floor 203.66 53.32 223.35 53.32 94.35 112.46 5.34 104.32 87.87 26.24 24.57 988.70

2rd floor 20.33 46.75 13.12 30.18 28.88 66.44 13.12 30.18 29.05 66.82 24.01 55.21 2.32 5.34 21.55 49.57 27.30 62.84 11.41 26.24 10.68 24.57
slab qk [kN/m²] 2.30
/ 1st floor
stairs 3.00 - - - - - - - - - - 10.74 32.22 - - 10.74 32.22 - - - - - -
qk [kN/m²]
Sum 2rd floor / 1st floor (2x) 46.75 30.18 66.44 30.18 66.82 87.43 5.34 81.79 62.84 26.24 24.57 528.48

sum at the bottom of the wall of the 1st

297.16 113.68 356.22 113.68 227.99 287.33 16.01 267.90 213.56 78.73 73.70 2045.65
floor

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 24

3. Structural stability
3.1 Preliminary remarks for the analysis of structural stability
The analysis of the structural stability of a building ensures, that the global structure of the
building will not collapse due to horizontal loads (wind, imperfections, earthquakes, earth
pressure). Therefore, stiffening walls or building cores with an adequate cross-section, that
rest on the foundations, are required to brace the building. The analysis of structural stability
includes the following steps:
- Definition of the bracing system
- Definition of the acting horizontal loads
- Structural analysis of the bracing system with calculating the horizontal loads and the
bending moment around the strong axis for each stiffening element.

In the long tradition of masonry building it is uncommon to execute an analysis of structural

stability for simple and small masonry buildings, if the engineer has already a lot of experience
and can estimate the required number of stiffening elements properly. Therefore, the
Eurocode 6 contains pharagraphs for the omission of this verification.

According to the German National Annex of DIN EN 1996-1-1, chapter 5.5.3 the analysis of
the structural stability ist not required if the following is fulfilled:
(NA.12) “An analysis of the structural stability of a building is not required if adequate
stiffness is provided by floors designed as rigid diaphragms, or by ring beams, and there
are sufficiently long shear walls that are located in both directions of the building and rest
on the foundations, provided that the cross-section of the wall does not undergo any
major changes.”
(NA.13) “For masonry made of high-precision elements designed with an overlap lol of
less than 0,4 hu, any reduction in the shear resistance under high surcharges shall be
taken into account unless the structural stability of the building is analysed as specified
in (NA.12).”

According to DIN EN 1996-3, chapter 4.1 and the corresponding Germany National Annex the
following applies:
4.1 (1) “The overall stability of a building, of which the wall forms a part, shall be verified.”
NDP re 4.1(1) “An analysis of the structural stability is not required if adequate stiffness
is provided by floors designed as rigid diaphragms or by adequately designed ring beams
and if there is a sufficient number of shear walls that are located in both directions of the
building and ultimately rest on the foundations, provided that the cross-section of such
walls does not undergo any major changes.
Where there is uncertainty as to whether adequate stiffness of the structure is ensured,
the shear resistance shall be verified by calculation in accordance with the detailed
method described in DIN EN 1996-1-1:2010-12, 6.2, in conjunction with the relevant
National Annex.”

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 25

3.2 Simplified check of the structural stability according to Mann/ Müller (1985) [17]
General Information
On the basis of detailed experimental research Mann and Müller (1985) [17] give a
reccomandation for the evaluation of the adequate stiffness of a masonry building for the
omission of the analysis of structural stability. According to [17] this analysis is not required if:
- Building height < 20,0 m (for saddle-roofs: mean value of the height of the eaves and
the ridge purlin).
- Slabs act like rigid diaphragms / adequate ring beams are provided.
- In longitudinal and traverse direction an abviously sufficient number of walls is
arranged.
- The walls are frictionally connected with traverse walls and form I-Profiles (this is the
common construction practice).
- The number of walls can be assumed sufficient if for one row of stiffening walls the wall
length is l ≥ 7,0 m and for two rows of stiffening walls the wall length is l ≥ 3,5 m and
the distance between two parallel walls according to Figure 3.1 is:
For bricks of compressive strength class 2:
o a < 35 · t for all storeys in three-storey buildings and for the
three upper storeys of a four storey building and for the
two upper storeys of a seven-storey building
o a < 20 · t for all other storeys in four – seven – storey buildings
For bricks of compressive strength class 4 and 6:
o a < 35 · t for all storeys building smaller than 20,0 m
For bricks of higher compressive strength classes:
o a < 40 · t for all storeys building smaller than 20,0 m

where t is the wall thickness of the stiffening walls.

These criteria count for masonry with and without mortared butt joints.

one row of stiffening walls

in direction of number-axis

two rows of stiffening walls

in direction of number-axis

Figure 3.1: Requirements for lengths and distances a of stiffening walls according to
the simplified check of structural stability according to Mann/ Müller [17]
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 26

Simplified check of the structural stability

The example building of this exercise has the following characteristics:
- Heigth ≤ 20,0 m
- Bricks of compressive strength class 10
- Interior walls t = 17.5 cm; exterior walls t = 36.5 cm

→ Required distance of stiffening walls a < 40 · t

o Interior walls a < 40 · t = 7,0 m ✓
o Exterior walls a < 40 · t = 14,6 m ✓

→ Required length of stiffening walls

o In the direction of letter-axis: one row of stiffening walls → lrequired ≥ 7,0 m
lIW-01 = lIW-05 = 5.0 m ↯
lIW-02 = lIW-04 = lEW-02 = lEW-04 = 9.0 m ✓
o In the direction of number-axis: one row of stiffening walls → lrequired ≥ 7,0 m
lEW-01 = lEW-03 = 25.33 m ✓

According to the simplified check in the direction of the letter-axis there must be a stiffening
wall with a length equal or larger than 7,0 m with a maximum traverse distance to the next
stiffening wall of 7,0 m. This requirement is not fulfilled.
So even if on the first view it seems like there is a great number of stiffening walls in this
building, the analysis of the structural stability has to be executed and cannot be omitted.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 27

3.3 Analysis of the structural stability

Definition of the bracing system
Generally, for a full analysis of the structural stability all wind directions must be considered.
Exemplary, for this exercise the structural analysis is only executed for the wind direction
parallel to the letter-axis (see Figure 3.3). In this direction the fassade area which is exposed
to wind loads is very big while the stiffening walls in this direction are relatively short.
Two load-cases must be analysed:
o centric wind loads (Figure 3.2, left)
o excentric wind loads (Figure 3.2, right)

For the bracing system only long walls, that do not have any major openings and offsets and
that go continiously from the top till the foundations are considered. The engineer is free to
chose which elements are taken into account for the analysis of structural stability. The more
walls are considered in the calculation the higher are the stiffness and the load bearing capacity
of the bracing system. In Figure 3.2 the walls which are considered as stiffening elements are
marked in blue.

Figure 3.2: Stiffening walls for the analysis of structural stability

Figure 3.3: Wind loads on the example building in the direction of letter-axis

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 28

All stiffening elements together creates the stiffness of the “building cross section” with the
shear centre “M” (see Figure 3.2). In vertical direction the bracing system is supposed a
cantilever, which transfers the horizontal loads till the clamping plane.

This vertical static system of the building for determining the bracing loads can be applied in
different ways depending on the stiffness of the basement box. The following representations
are chosen as examples:

2.OG

1.OG

Highly stiffened
basement EG

UG

M V

2.OG

Stiffened 1.OG

basement with low

deformations EG

UG

M V

2.OG

Basement storey 1.OG

has the same

stiffness as the EG
other storeys
UG

M V

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 29

Since the basement storey has the same floor plan as the storeys above the clamping level is
defined at the foundation level (see Figure 3.4, right).

Static system of the fassade Static system of the of the

building bracing

Figure 3.4: left: static system of the fassade; right: static system of the building
bracing

The left part of Figure 3.4 shows the static system of the fassade of the building. The wind
loads which act on the outside of the building are transfered vertically to the slabs by the
exterior walls. The reinforced concrete slabs act like rigid diaphragms. The slabs transfer the
load to the stiffening elements. All stiffening elements act together as one single cross section
of the vertical cantilever (see left part of Figure 3.4) which transfers the horizontal loads to the
foundations.

Calculation of the loads per slab for a 1.0 kN/m² - load:

Rgr floor,1-load = 1.0 kN/m²  (3.2 m / 2 )  25.33 m = 40,53 kN
R1st floor,1-load = R2nd,floor,1-load = 1.0 kN/m²  (3.2 m / 2 + 3.2 m / 2 )  25.33 m = 81,07 kN
R3rd floor,1-load = 1.0 kN/m²  (3.2 m / 2 + 0.40 )  25.33 m = 50,67 kN

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 30

Cross-sectional values of the stiffening elements

Suitable tables are to be used to calculate the cross-section values of the individual stiffening
components (e.g. Schneider Bautabellen, 20th ed., p. 4.28)

Table 3-1: Calculation of cross-sectional values [Schneider Bautabellen für Ingenieure,

20. Auflage (2012), page 4.28]

As a conservative and common approach the stiffness of the walls around the weak axis is
neglected for this calculation and therefore assumed to be equal to zero. Only the stiffness
around the strong axis is considered. The following table shows the cross-sectional values of
the individual stiffening components.

Table 3-2: Cross-sectional values of the stiffening walls

Stiffening wall Iy [m4] Iz[m4]

EW-01.1 0.00 39.44
EW-01.2 0.00 29.56
EW-02.1 0.59 0.00
EW-02.2 0.59 0.00
EW-03 0.00 267.25
EW-04.1 0.59 0.00
EW-04.2 0.59 0.00
IW-02 9.39 0.00
IW-04 9.39 0.00
∑ 21.13 336.26

Coordinates of the shear centre

If the resulting horizontal load acts on the shear centre of a cross-section/system, it does not
generate torsion. If a resulting force acts at a distance e from the shear centre, then e must be
considered as an eccentricity. The eccentric load application then generates a torsional
moment TEd = e · FEd, which is to be taken into account for the the verification of bracing system.
In the following, the coordinates of the shear centre M are calculated first.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 31

Table 3-3: Equation for the coordinates of the shear centre M of the stiffening walls
[Schneider Bautabellen für Ingenieure, 20. Auflage (2012), page 5.40]

The centrifugal moment of area Iyz,I of all stiffening elements is equal to zero. Therefore, the
simplified equations can be employed.

 Ei I y ,i  yi  Ei I z ,i  zi
yM = zM =
 Ei I y  Ei I z

yi, zi Distance of an optional point to the shear centre of a stiffening element. The distances
have to be inserted with their correct sign. For this example, the intersection point A/1
is chosen as reference point and orgin of the coordinate system.

Table 3-4: Calculation of the shear centre of the bracing system

Stiffening wall Iy [m4] yi [m] Iy*yi [m5] Iz[m4] zi [m] Iz*zi [m5]
EW-01.1 0.00 5.64 0.00 39.44 0.00 0.00
EW-01.2 0.00 19.87 0.00 29.56 0.00 0.00
EW-02.1 0.59 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.34 0.00
EW-02.2 0.59 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.84 0.00
EW-03 0.00 12.50 0.00 267.25 9.00 2405.29
EW-04.1 0.59 24.97 14.67 0.00 1.34 0.00
EW-04.2 0.59 24.97 14.67 0.00 7.84 0.00
IW-02 9.39 11.00 103.28 0.00 4.50 0.00
IW-04 9.39 15.00 140.84 0.00 4.50 0.00
∑ 21.13 273.46 336.26 2405.29

273.46 m5
yM = = 12.94m
21,13m4
Coordinates of the shear centre:
2405.29m5
zM = = 7.15m
336.26 m4

25.00 m
yS = = 12.50 m
2
Coordinates of the centre of the floor plan:
9.00 m
zS = = 4.50 m
2

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 32

Figure 3.5: Shear center and center of the floor plan of the bracing system

The distance from the shear center to the center of the floor plan is:
cy = 0.44 m; cz = 2.65 m

c = (12.94 m − 12.5 m) 2 + (7.15 m − 4.50 m) 2 = 2.69m

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 33

Consideration of second order effects for the global structure

According to DIN EN 1996-1-1, chapter 5.4, second order effects can be neglected, if the
following requirement is fulfilled:

N Ed  0.6 for n  4
htot  
 EI  0.2 + 0.1 n for 1  n  4

Where:
htot is the total height of the structure from the top of the foundation;
NEd is the design value of the vertical load (at the bottom of the building) for service
loads (1.0 · NGk + 1.0 · NQk)
∑ EI is the sum of the bending stiffnesses of all vertical stiffening building elements in
the relevant direction;
n is the number of storeys.
NOTE: Openings in vertical stiffening elements of less than 2 m2 with heights not
exceeding 0,6 h may be neglected.

For the calculation the loads can be extracted from Table 2.10 and Table 2.11. These tables
do not include the loads for the basement floor. Since the basement floor is very similar to the
first floor, these loads for the basement floor are assumed here to be equal to the loads of the
first floor in a simplified approach.
NGk = 7589.60 kN + 2276.24 kN = 9865.84 kN
NQk = 2045.95 kN + 528.57 kN = 2574.52 kN
NEd = 1.0 · NGk + 1.0 · NQk = 12440.36 kN

For the calculation of ∑ EI for the wind load parallel to the letter-axis, ∑ EIy is used.
∑ Iy = 21.13 m4 (see Table 3-4)
E = KE · fk
KE =1100 (for clay bricks according to DIN EN 1996-1-1, chapter 3.7.2, table NA.13)
fk = 5.0 MN/m² (see chapter 3.1.2)
E = 1100 · 5.0 = 5500 MN/m²
∑ EI = 5500 · 21.13 = 116215 MNm²

htot = 16.0 m

12.440
16  = 0.166  0.6 for n = 5 ✓
116215
Second oder effects do not have to be considered for the analysis of structural stability.

Loads due to imperfections

According to DIN EN 1996-1-1, chapter 5.3, the possible effects of imperfections have to be
1
considered by assuming that the structure is inclined at an angle 𝜗 = radians to the
(100∙√ℎ𝑡𝑜𝑡 )
vertical, where htot is the total height of the structure from the top of the foundations in metres.
The resulting horizontal action should be added to the other actions.
1 1
𝜗= = = 2.5 ∙ 10−3
(100 ∙ √16) 400
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 34

The inclination angle causes in combination with a vertical load an equvalent horizontal load
as it can be seen in Figure 3.6: ΔH = ν · NEd.

Figure 3.6: Equivalent hotizontal loads due to imperfections [7]

The total vertical loads per storey can be extracted from Table 2.10 and Table 2.11:

Total verical loads:

NEd,3rd = 1.35 · Gk,3rd + 1.5 · Qk,3rd = 1.35 · 2983.67 + 1.5 · 988.80 = 5511.15 kN
NEd, 2nd = 1.35 · Gk,2nd + 1.5 · Qk, 2nd = 1.35 · 2329.68 + 1.5 · 528.57 = 3937.92 kN
NEd,1st = 1.35 · Gk, 1st + 1.5 · Qk, 1st = 1.35 · 2276.24 + 1.5 · 528.57 = 3865.78 kN
NEd,base ≈ NEd,1st = 3865.78 kN

Equivalent horizontal loads due to imperfections:

ΔH = NEd · 2.5 · 10-3
ΔHEd,3rd = 2.5 · 10-3 · 5511.15 kN = 13.78 kN
ΔHEd,2nd = 2.5 · 10-3 · 3937.92 kN = 9.84 kN
ΔHEd,1st = 2.5 · 10-3 · 3865.78 kN = 9.66 kN
ΔHEd,base = 2.5 · 10-3 · 3865.78 kN = 9.66 kN

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
 2 Structural stability 35

Calulation of the horizontal loads acting on the individual stiffening elements

Two different loads act on the four-storey building: loads due to wind and loads due to
imperfections. These loads act eccentric towords the shear center of the bracing system. For
the structural analysis the horizonal laods are mentally separated into two load-parts:
- Translation
- Torsion
For the translation-load, the loads are applied on the shear center, so that only centric
horizontal laods are acting on that system. For the torsion-load, only the torsion-moment acts
on the bracing system, which is calculated by multiplying the horizontal loads with its
corresponding eccentricity.

Figure 3.7 shows the real situation of the acting loads (left), the translation-part (middle) and
the torsion-part (right). Under the figures the equations for the calculation of the load
distribution of each stiffening wall are given.

Acting horizontal loads Translation Torsion

here exemplary:
loads case eccentric wind

Ei I z ,i Ei I z ,i  zi*
H y ,i = H y , Ed  H y ,i = −TEd 
 EI z ,i  ( Ei I zi  zi*2 + Ei I yi  yi*2 )
Ei I y ,i Ei I y ,i  yi*
H z ,i = H z , Ed  H z ,i = TEd 
 EI y ,i  ( Ei I zi  zi*2 + Ei I yi  yi*2 )

Figure 3.7: Torsion and Translation in the bracing system

3.3.6.1 Load distribution due to translation

The value of the horizontal load of a stiffening wall due to translation depends on its stiffness
compared to the total stiffness of the bracing system in the considered direction.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 36

Ei I y ,i
H z ,i = H z , Ed 
 EI y ,i

All stiffening elements consist out of the same brick type, therefore Ei can be eliminated in the
equation.

Calculation for a 1 kN/m²-load (Hz,Ed = 1 kN/m²):

I y ,i = 21,13 m4
0.59
H z ,1−load , EW −02.1 = 1
= 0, 028
21.13
→ EW-02.1 gets 2.8 % of the acting horizontal load in z-direction

H z ,1−load , EW −02.2 = H z ,1−load , EW −04.1 = H z ,1−load , EW −04.2 = 0, 028

→ EW-02.2, EW-04.1, EW-04.2 gets 2.8 % of the acting horizontal load in z-direction

9.39
H z ,1−load , IW −02 = H z ,1−load , IW −04 = 1
= 0, 444
21.13
→ IW-02, IW-04 gets 44.4 % of the acting horizontal load in z-direction

3.3.6.2 Load distribution due to torsion

The value of the horizontal load of a stiffening wall due to rotation depends on the product of
the wall stiffness and the lever arm of the wall to the shear center of the bracing system zi*, yi*,
Ei I z ,i  zi*
H y ,i = −TEd 
 ( Ei I zi  zi*2 + Ei I yi  yi*2 )
Ei I y ,i  yi*
H z ,i = TEd 
 ( Ei I zi  zi*2 + Ei I yi  yi*2 )
yi*, zi* distance of the shear center of the stiffening wall to the shear center of the bracing
system
zi* = zM,ges - zM,i and yi* = yM,ges - yM,i (The sign must be inserted accordingly to this equation!)

All stiffening elements consist out of the same brick type, therefore Ei be cutted out in the
equation. The signs of TEd in the equation above assume a positive torsion-moment in
clockwise direction. If TEd acts counterclockwise it must be inserted as a negative value.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 37

Stiffening Iy*yi Iy*yi*² Iz*zi Iz*zi²* Hy,i,1-load Hz,i,1-load

Iy [m4] yi *[m] *[m5] Iz[m4] zi *[m]
wall [m6] *[m5] [m6] [kN] [kN]
EW-01.1 0.00 7.31 0.00 0.00 39.44 7.15 282.15 2018.28 -0.0578 0.0000
EW-01.2 0.00 -6.92 0.00 0.00 29.56 7.15 211.43 1512.40 -0.0433 0.0000
EW-02.1 0.59 12.94 7.60 98.41 0.00 5.81 0.00 0.00 0.0000 0.0016
EW-02.2 0.59 12.94 7.60 98.41 0.00 -0.69 0.00 0.00 0.0000 0.0016
EW-03 0.00 0.44 0.00 0.00 267.25 -1.85 -493.59 911.59 0.1011 0.0000
EW-04.1 0.59 -12.03 -7.06 84.95 0.00 5.81 0.00 0.00 0.0000 -0.0014
EW-04.2 0.59 -12.03 -7.06 84.95 0.00 -0.69 0.00 0.00 0.0000 -0.0014
IW-02 9.39 1.94 18.24 35.43 0.00 2.65 0.00 0.00 0.0000 0.0037
IW-04 9.39 -2.06 -19.32 39.74 0.00 2.65 0.00 0.00 0.0000 -0.0040
∑ 441.89 4442.27

Calculation for TEd = 1 kNm:

282.15
H y ,1−load , EW −01.1 = −1, 0  = −0, 0578
441.89 + 4442.27
211.43
H y ,1−load , EW −01.2 = −1, 0  = −0, 0433
441.89 + 4442.27
−493.59
H y ,1−load , EW −03 = −1, 0  = 0,1011
441.89 + 4442.27

7.60
H z ,1−load , EW −02.1 = 1, 0  = 0, 0016
441.89 + 4442.27
7.60
H z ,1−load , EW −02.2 = 1, 0  = 0, 0016
441.89 + 4442.27
−7.06
H z ,1−load , EW −04.1 = 1, 0  = −0, 0014
441.89 + 4442.27
−7.06
H z ,1−load , EW −04.2 = 1, 0  = −0, 0014
441.89 + 4442.27
18.24
H z ,1−load , IW −02 = 1, 0  = 0, 0037
441.89 + 4442.27
−19.32
H z ,1−load , IW −04 = 1, 0  = −0, 0040
441.89 + 4442.27

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 38

3.3.6.3 Load case: full centric wind parallel to the letter-axis

Wind-loads per slab for a 1.0 – load (see page 29):
Rgr floor,1-load = 1.0 kN/m²  (3.2 m / 2 )  25.33 m = 40,53 kN
R1st floor,1-load = R2nd,floor,1-load = 1.0 kN/m²  (3.2 m / 2 + 3.2 m / 2 )  25.33 m = 81,07 kN
R3rd floor,1-load = 1.0 kN/m²  (3.2 m / 2 + 0.40 )  25.33 m = 50,67 kN

Wind loads for the load case full wind parallel to the letter-axis:
wz,voll = wD + wE = 0.52 kN/m² + 0.34 kN/m² = 0.86 kN/m²

Wind loads per slab:

Ri,full wind,k = Ri, 1-load · wz,voll · 1.0
Ri,full wind,Ed = Ri, 1-load · wz,voll · 1.5

Total horizontal lads per slab (wind + imperfections):

Hz,Ed,full wind = Ri,full wind,Ed + ΔHi,imp

Torsion-moment per slab:

TEd,full wind,z = Ri,full wind,Ed ·efull wind + ΔHi,imp · eimp

efull wind distance between the load center of the wind load and the shear center of the bracing
system
efull wind = yM – ywind full = 0.44 m
Note: The full centric wind load acts in the center of the floor plan.

eimp distance between the load center of the floor plan and the shear center of the bracing
system
eimp = yM – yimp= 12.94 – 12.50 = 0.44 m

Ri 1-load ∆Himp Hz,Ed,full TEd,full,z

[kN] Ri,full,k [kN] Ri,full,Ed [kN] [kN] [kN] [kNm]
slab over 3rd floor 50.67 93.55 140.33 13.78 154.11 68.21
slab over 2nd floor 81.07 69.72 104.57 9.84 114.42 50.64
slab over 1st floor 81.07 69.72 104.57 9.66 114.24 50.56
slab over basement floor 40.53 34.86 52.29 9.66 61.95 27.42

Stiffening wall loads in z-direction

The loads in the stiffening walls are calculated by multiplying the factors H z ,1−load ,i and
H z ,1−load ,i with the value of the total load Hz,Ed,full and TEd,full. Additionally, the bending moment
around the strong axis of each stiffening wall is calculated by multiplying the horizontal load
per storey with the storey height above the foundations.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 39

H z , i = H z ,i + H z ,i
H z ,i = H z ,1−load ,i  H z , Ed , full + H z ,1−load ,i  TEd , full
H Ed , z ,i ,bottom = H z ,i ,base + H z ,i ,1st + H z ,i ,2 nd + H z ,i ,3rd
M Ed ,i ,bottom = H z ,i ,3rd 12.40m + H z ,i ,2 nd  9.20m + H z ,i ,1st  6.00m + H z ,i ,base  2.80m

Hz,i,3rd Hz,i,2nd Hz,i,1st Hz,i,base

∑HEd,z,i,wall ∑MEd,wall,i,bottom
shear wall slab 3rd slab 2nd slab 1st slab basement
bottom [kN] [kNm]
floor [kN] floor [kN] floor [kN] floor [kN]

EW-01.1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

EW-01.2 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
EW-02.1 4.39 3.26 3.25 1.77 12.67 108.94
EW-02.2 4.39 3.26 3.25 1.77 12.67 108.94
EW-03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
EW-04.1 4.19 3.11 3.10 1.68 12.08 103.86
EW-04.2 4.19 3.11 3.10 1.68 12.08 103.86
IW-02 68.74 51.04 50.96 27.63 198.36 1705.49
IW-04 68.21 50.65 50.57 27.42 196.85 1692.48

Stiffening wall loads in y-direction

H y ,i = H y ,i
H y ,i = H y ,1−load ,i  TEd , full
H Ed , y ,i ,bottom = H y ,i ,base + H y ,i ,1st + H y ,i ,2 nd + H y ,i,3 rd
M Ed ,i ,bottom = H y ,i ,3rd 12.40m + H y ,i ,2 nd  9.20m + H y ,i ,1st  6.00m + H y ,i ,base  2.80m

Hy,i,3rd Hy,i,2nd Hy,i,1st Hy,i, base

∑HEd,y,i, wall ∑MEd,wall,i, bottom
shear wall slab 3rd slab 2nd slab 1st slab basement
bottom [kN] [kNm]
floor [kN] floor [kN floor [kN] floor [kN]
EW-01.1 -3.94 -2.93 -2.92 -1.58 -11.37 -97.74
EW-01.2 -2.95 -2.19 -2.19 -1.19 -8.52 -73.24
EW-02.1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
EW-02.2 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
EW-03 6.89 5.12 5.11 2.77 19.89 170.98
EW-04.1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
EW-04.2 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
IW-02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
IW-04 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 40

Equilibrium of forces at the bottom of the stiffening walls

Figure 3.8: Equilibrium of forces for a centric wind load

Check of equilibrium:
 Fy = 0: 19.86 kN - 11.37 kN – 8.52 = 0.0 kN
 Fz = 0: 12.67 kN · 2 + 12.08 kN · 2 + 198.36 kN + 196.85 kN – 444.72 kN = 0.0 kN
 MM = 0: 2 · 12.67 kN · 12.94 m + 198.36 kN · 1.94 m – 196.85 kN · 2.06 m
- 2 · 12.08 kN · 12.03 m + (11.37 kN + 8.52 kN) · 7.15 m + 19.89 kN · 1.85 m
- 196.83 kNm = -1.26 kNm ≈ 0 (rounding error)

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 41

3.3.6.4 Load case: eccentric wind parallel to the letter-axis

Wind-loads per slab for a 1.0 – load (see page 29):
Rgr floor,1-load = 1.0 kN/m²  (3.2 m / 2 )  25.33 m = 40,53 kN
R1st floor,1-load = R2nd,floor,1-load = 1.0 kN/m²  (3.2 m / 2 + 3.2 m / 2 )  25.33 m = 81,07 kN
R3rd floor,1-load = 1.0 kN/m²  (3.2 m / 2 + 0.40 )  25.33 m = 50,67 kN

Wind loads for the load case full wind parallel to the letter-axis:
wz,ecc = 0.5 · wD + wE = 0.5 0.52 kN/m² + 0.34 kN/m² = 0.60 kN/m²

Wind loads per slab:

Ri,ecc wind,k = Ri, 1-load · wz,ecc · 1.0
Ri,ecc wind,Ed = Ri, 1-load · wz,ecc · 1.5

Total horizontal lads per slab (wind + imperfections):

Hz,Ed,ecc wind = Ri,ecc wind,Ed + ΔHi,imp

Torsion-moment per slab:

TEd,ecc wind,z = Ri,ecc wind,Ed ·eecc wind + ΔHi,imp · eimp

eecc wind distance between the load center of the eccentric wind load and the shear center of
the bracing system
0.5  wD  1  25.0 + wE  1  25.0
yecc wind = 3 2
yecc wind = 0.5  wD + wE
yecc wind = 10.69 m
eecc wind = yM – yecc wind = 12.94 – 10 69 = 2.25 m
Note: The eccentric wind load is applied unfavourably with the maximum distance to the
shear center.

eimp distance between the load center of the floor plan and the shear center of the bracing
system
eimp = yM – yimp= 0.44 m

Ri 1-load ∆Himp Hz,Ed,ecc. Ted,ecc.,z

Ri,ecc,k [kN] Ri,ecc.,Ed [kN]
[kN] [kN] [kN] [kNm]
slab over 3rd floor 50,67 68,53 102,79 13,78 116,57 237,18
slab over 2nd floor 81.07 48.64 72.96 9.84 82.80 168.38
slab over 1st floor 81.07 48.64 72.96 9.66 82.62 168.30
slab over basement floor 40.53 24.32 36.48 9.66 46.14 86.29

Stiffening wall loads in z-direction

The loads in the stiffening walls are calculated by multiplying the factors H z ,1−load ,i and
H z ,1−load ,i with the value of the total load Hz,Ed,full and TEd,full. Additionally, the bending moment
around the strong axis of each stiffening walld is calculated by multiplying the horizontal load
per storey with the storey height above the foundations.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 42

H z , i = H z ,i + H z ,i
H z ,i = H z ,1−load ,i  H z , Ed , full + H z ,1−load ,i  TEd , full
H Ed , z ,i ,bottom = H z ,i ,base + H z ,i ,1st + H z ,i ,2 nd + H z ,i ,3rd
M Ed ,i ,bottom = H z ,i ,3rd 12.40m + H z ,i ,2 nd  9.20m + H z ,i ,1st  6.00m + H z ,i ,base  2.80m

Hz,i Hz,i Hz,i Hz,i

∑HEd,z,i,wall ∑MEd,i,wall bottom
shear wall slab 3rd slab 2nd slab 1st slab basement
bottom [kN] [kNm]
floor [kN] floor [kN] floor [kN] floor [kN]

EW-01.1 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

EW-01.2 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

EW-02.1 3,61 2,56 2,56 1,42 10,15 87,68

EW-02.2 3,61 2,56 2,56 1,42 10,15 87,68

EW-03 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

EW-04.1 2,90 2,06 2,05 1,16 8,17 70,44

EW-04.2 2,90 2,06 2,05 1,16 8,17 70,44

IW-02 52,69 37,43 37,35 20,83 148,29 1280,04

50,86 36,13 36,05 20,16 143,21 1235,88
IW-04

Stiffening wall loads in y-direction

H y ,i = H y ,i
H y ,i = H y ,1−load ,i  TEd , full
H Ed , y ,i ,bottom = H y ,i ,base + H y ,i ,1st + H y ,i ,2 nd + H y ,i,3 rd
M Ed ,i ,bottom = H y ,i ,3rd 12.40m + H y ,i ,2 nd  9.20m + H y ,i ,1st  6.00m + H y ,i ,base  2.80m

Hy,i Hy,i Hy,i Hy,i

∑HEd,y,i,wall ∑MEd,i,wall bottom
shear wall slab 3rd slab 2nd slab 1st slab basement
bottom [kN] [kNm]
floor [kN] floor [kN floor [kN] floor [kN]
EW-01.1 -13,70 -9,73 -9,72 -4,98 -38,14 -331,69

EW-01.2 -10,27 -7,29 -7,29 -3,74 -28,58 -248,55

EW-02.1 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

EW-02.2 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

EW-03 23,97 17,02 17,01 8,72 66,71 580,24

EW-04.1 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

EW-04.2 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

IW-02 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00
IW-04

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 43

Equilibrium of forces at the bottom of the stiffening walls

Figure 3.9: Equilibrium of forces for an eccentric wind load

Check of equilibrium:
 Fy = 0: 66.72 kN – 28.58 kN – 38.14 kN = 0.0 kN
 Fz = 0: 10.15 kN · 2 + 8.17 kN · 2 + 148.29 kN + 143.21 kN – 328.14 kN = 0.0 kN
 MM = 0: 2 · 10.15 kN · 12.94 m + 148.29 kN · 1.94 m – 143.21 kN · 2.06 m
- 2 · 8.17 kN · 12.03 m + (38.14 kN + 28.58 kN) · 7.15 m + 66.72 kN · 1.85 m
- 660.16 kNm = -0.89 kNm ≈ 0 (rounding error)

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
2 Structural stability 44

Summary of the analysis of structural stability

The following table shows the resulting horizontal loads at the bottom of each wall in the
basement floor. Additionally, the bending moment around the strong axis is tabulated. The bold
numbers are the decisive values.
Note: For this exercise only the wind loads parallel to the letter-axis are considered as an
example. Actually, also the load case wind parallel to the number axis must be analysed.

Table 3-5: Summary of the horizontal stiffening wall loads at the bottom of each wall

imperfections + wind in z
shear wall full wind load ecc. wind load

HEd,i,wall bottom MEd,i,wall bottom HEd,i,wall bottom MEd,i,wall bottom

EW-01.1 -11.37 -97.74 -38.14 -331.69
EW-01.2 -8.52 -73.24 -28.58 -248.55
EW-02.1 12.67 108.94 8.36 65.48
EW-02.2 12.67 108.94 8.36 65.48
EW-03 19.89 170.98 66.71 580.24
EW-04.1 12.08 103.86 6.76 53.03
EW-04.2 12.08 103.86 6.76 53.03
IW-02 198.36 1705.49 122.39 958.94
IW-04 196.85 1692.48 118.31 927.05

The following sketch illustrates the resulting loads HEd and MEd in the table.

Figure 3.10: Resulting loads at the bottom of a wall in the basement  HEd and  MEd

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 45

4. Simplified calculation method according to DIN EN 1996-3 /NA

3.1 Interior wall IW-01 on the 1st floor
The interior wall IW-01 is located at axis B / 1-2. The slab is fully supported over the whole wall
thickness t of IW-01 and therefore it transfers the load centric into the wall.

Figure 4.1 Section of the first-floor plan showing IW-01

Geometry
t = 0.175 m
b = 4.635 m
h = 3.00 m (clear height)

Construction materials
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units: compressive strength class 12

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 46

3.1.1 Internal forces

The vertical loads of all construction elements are calculated in chap. 1.4 and summarized in
Table 2.10 and Table 2.11.

Normal force at the bottom of IW-01 at the 1st floor:

Ngk,u = 789.11 kN; Nqk,u = 227.99 kN
NEd,u = 1.35 · Ngk,u + 1.50 · Nqk,u = 1407.28 kN

Normal force at the top of IW-01 at the 1st floor:

Ngk,o = Ngk,u – gk,interior,wall · l = 789.11 kN – 6.75 kN/m · 4.635 m = 757.82 kN/m
Nqk,o = 227.99 kN
NEd,o = 1.35 · Ngk,o + 1.50 · Nqk,o = 1365.04 kN

Normal force at the mid-height of IW-01 at the 1st floor:

NEd,m = (NEd,u + NEd,o) / 2 = 1386.16 kN

3.1.2 Design value of the masonry compressive strength

Table 4.1 Characteristic compressive strength fk in N/mm² of one-brick masonry
made of vertically perforated clay masonry units with type A perforation
(type HLzA), type B perforation (type HLzB) and type E perforation (type
HLzE), type T1 clay masonry units for masonry panels, perforated calcium
silicate masonry units and hollow calcium silicate masonry blocks with
general purpose masonry mortar

Compressive fk N/mm²
strength
class of units M 2.5 M5 M 10 M 20
4 2.1 2.4 2.9 -
6 2.1 3.1 3.7 -
8 3.1 3.9a 4.4a -
a a
10 3.5 4.5 5.0 5.6
12 3.9 5.0a 5.6a 6.3
16 4.6 5.9a 6.6a 7.4
20 5.3 6.7a 7.5a 8.4
28 5.3 6.7 9.2 10.3
36 5.3 6.7 10.6 11.9
48 5.3 6.7 12.5 14.1
60 5.3 6.7 14.3 16.0
a
vertically perforated clay masonry units with type E perforation only for compressive
strength class 8 till 20 and mortar class M 5 and M 10.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 47

Characteristic compressive strength:

fk = 5.0 N/mm²
Design compressive strength:
fd = ζ · fk / γM = 0.85 · 5.0 / 1.5 = 2.83 N/mm²

3.1.3 Effective height and slenderness

Requirement for walls restrained on three edges: b' < 15 · t
In the case of walls restrained on three edges b’ is the distance of the free edge from the centre
of the traverse wall.
b’vorh = 4.635 m > 15 · 0.175 = 2.625 m
➔ IW-01 is considered as a wall restrained on two edges!

The effective height can be determined with the following equation:

hef = n  h
with
hef effective height
h clear storey height
ρn reduction coefficient according to Table 4.2

Table 4.2 Factor ρ2 for determining the effective height hef in the simplified
calculation method [9]

Wall thickness Reduction coefficient Required minimum support depth of the ceiling
t ρ2 a
[cm] [cm]
≤ 17.5 0.75 a=t
17.5 < t < 24 0.90 a=t
24 ≤ t ≤ 25 0.90 a ≥ 17.5
> 25 1.00 -

The slab support width is equal to the wall thickness (a/t = 1.0)
Having t = 0.175m, the reduction coefficient is given by:
➔ ρ2 = 0.75
➔ hef = 0.75 · 3.0 = 2.25 m

Slenderness λ

λ = hef / t = 2.25 / 0.175 = 12.86

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 48

3.1.4 Requirements for application of the simplified calculation method

Table 4.3 Application requirements for the simplified calculation method according
to DIN EN 1996-3/NA
Max. permissible clear wall height h in [m]
if footnote d is taken into account

masonry made of clay bricks,

Wall
aerated concrete calcium silicate units, lightweight
Component thickness
general masonry concrete and concrete blocks with
t in [mm]
normal and thin layer mortar

compressive strength of masonry fk in [N/mm²]

≥ 1.8 ≥ 3.0 ≥ 3.5 ≥ 5.0 ≥ 10.0
≥ 115a,b 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75
Load bearing
≥ 150c 2.75b 2.75b 2.75b 2.75b 3.0e,f 3.3h
external walls
≥ 175 2.75 2.75 3.3 3.0 e 3.3 g 3.6h
and
≥ 200 2.75 3.3 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6h
double-leaf party
≥ 240 12 t 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6h
walls
≥ 300 12 t 12 t 12 t 12 t 12 t 12 t
Load-bearing ≥ 115 2.75 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
interior walls ≥ 240 n.d. n.d. No restriction (n.d.)
a As a single-leaf exterior wall only for single-storey garages and comparable structures that are not intended

for the permanent residence of people. As load-bearing wall framed with a veneer wall and for double-leaf
walls used for house partition up to a maximum of two full storeys plus developed attic storey; bracing cross
walls at a distance b ≤ 4.50 m or edge distance from an opening b' ≤ 2.0 m (see Figure NA.2).
b Characteristic live load including surcharge for non-load-bearing internal partition walls q ≤ 3.0 kN/m2 .
k
c For characteristic compressive strengths masonry f < 1.8 N/mm2 footnote a need to be applied.
k
d Application requirements:

- for exterior walls with characteristic wind load wk ≤ 1.25 kN/m 2 ;

- over the wall thickness t fully supported reinforced concrete slab and concrete strength classes ≥ C20/25;
- minimum ceiling thickness due to limitation of ceiling slenderness according to DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA:2013-04,
7.4.2, and ceiling thickness ≥ 180 mm;
- the ground plan and elevation of the storey under consideration correspond to the storeys above and below;
- interpolation between strength classes is not permitted.
e for masonry made of lightweight concrete blocks, only permissible with a char. wind load of w < 1.1 kN/m2
k
f applies to calcium-silicate brickwork only for f ≥ 5.5 N/mm2.
k
g applies to clay brick masonry for f ≥ 4.7 N/mm2.
k
h for exterior walls with characteristic wind load of 1.25 kN/m 2 < w ≤ 2.2 kN/m2, clear wall heights of up to
k
h = 3.0 m are permissible.

• Requirements according to Table 4.3 ✓

clear wall height h = 3.00 ≤ 3.60 ✓

wind load (only for exterior walls) wk ≤ 1.25 kN/m² ✓

thickness of the floor slab hCC01 ≥ 18 cm ✓

the considered storey has the same ground plan and elevation plan as the
✓
storey below and above

• Total height of the building ≤ 20 m H = (10.67 + 13.20) / 2 = 11.94 m ✓

• Span of the slabs l ≤ 6.0 m

(In the case of two-way spanning
l = 6.00 m ✓
slabs, the smaller span shall be used
in the calculations)
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 49

• Characteristic live load ≤ 5.0 kN/m² qk,slab = 2.3 kN/m² ✓

• Support width a ≥ max (t / 2; 10 cm);
(for walls thickness ≥ 36.5 cm a=t ✓
→ a ≥ max (0.45 · t; 10 cm))
• Slenderness λ = hef / t ≤ 27.0 λ = 12.86 ✓

• The slabs act as a rigid diaphragm In-situ concrete slab ✓

• The overlap lol of masonry units in accordance with DIN EN 1996-1-1 shall be
not less than 0.4 hu and in any case not less than 45 mm, except in the case of
masonry made of high-precision elements in which the overlap of the masonry ✓
units lol shall be not less than 0.2 hu and in any case not less than 125 mm.

3.1.5 Capacity reduction factors

Equation for capacity reduction factor at the top and bottom of the wall for fk ≥ 1.80 N/mm²:

 lf  a a
1 = 1.6 −    0.9 
 6 t t

with
a/t ratio of slab support width a to wall thickness t; with fully supported slab, a/t = 1.0
lf the span length of the adjacent floor slab in m, for two-way slabs with 0.5 ≤ l1 /l2 ≤ 2.0,
0.85 times the shorter span may be used for lf, the span starts and ends at the load
centre of the slab support.

a / t = 1.0
slab axis A-B: span = min(9.0 m; 5.0 m) = 5.0 m → lf = 0.85 · 5.0 m = 4.25 m
slab axis B-C: span = min(9.0 m; 6.0 m) = 6.0 m → lf = 0.85 · 6.0 m = 5.10 m
As a conservative approach lf = 5.10 m applies for the following calculation.

 5.1 
1 = 1.6 −  1.0  0.9 1.0
 6 
1 = 0.75  0.9

1 = 0.75

Equation for capacity reduction factor at the mid/height of the wall:

2
a h 
 2 = 0.85    − 0.0011  ef 
t  t 
with
a/t ratio of slab support width a to wall thickness t; with fully supported slab, a/t = 1.0
hef effective height of the wall
t wall thickness

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 50

2
 2.25 
 2 = 0.85 1.0 − 0.0011  
 0.175 
 2 = 0.67

3.1.6 Verification
3.1.6.1 Maximum load

NRd = Φ · A · fd ≥ NEd

Verification at the top of the wall:

NRd,o = Φ1 · t · l · fd = 0.75 · 0.175 · 4.635 · 2.83 = 1721.61 kN
NEd,o = 1365.04 kN < NRd,o ✓

Verification at the mid-height of the wall:

NRd,m = Φ2 · t · l · fd = 0.67 · 0.175 · 4.635 · 2.83 = 1537.97 kN
NEd,m = 1386.16 kN < NRd,m ✓

Verification at the bottom of the wall:

NRd,u = Φ1 · t · l · fd = 0.75 · 0.175 · 4.635 · 2.83 = 1721.61 kN
NEd,u = 1407.28 kN < NRd,u ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 51

3.2 Exterior wall EW-02 at the 3rd floor

The exterior wall EW-02 is located at axis A / 1-3. The slab is supported over two-thirds of the
wall thickness t (see Figure 4.3).

Figure 4.2 Section of the third-floor plan showing EW-02

Figure 4.3 Partially supported slab

Geometry
t = 0.365 m; a = 2/3 · 0.365 m = 24.3 m
b = 9.36 m
h = 3.00 m (clear height)

Construction materials
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units: compressive strength class 10

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 52

3.2.1 Internal forces

The vertical loads of all construction elements are calculated in chap. 1.4 and summarized in
Table 2.10 and Table 2.11.

Normal force at the bottom of EW-02 at the 3st floor:

Ngk,u = 249.68 kN; Nqk,u = 53.32 kN
NEd,u = 1.35 · Ngk,u + 1.50 · Nqk,u = 417.05 kN

Normal force at the top of EW-02 at the 3st floor:

Ngk,o = Ngk,u – gk,interior,wall · l = 249.68 kN – 8.43 kN/m · 9.36 m = 170.78 kN
Nqk,o = 53.32 kN
NEd,o = 1.35 · Ngk,o + 1.50 · Nqk,o = 310.53 kN

Normal force at the mid-height of EW-02 at the 3st floor:

NEd,m = (NEd,u + NEd,o) / 2 = 363.79 kN

3.2.2 Design value of the masonry compressive strength

Characteristic compressive strength (see Table 4.1):
fk = 4.5 N/mm²

Design compressive strength:

fd = ζ · fk / γM = 0.85 · 4.5 / 1.5 = 2.55 N/mm²

3.2.3 Effective height and slenderness

Requirement for walls restrained on four edges: b < 30 · t
b = 9.0 m < 30 · 0.365 = 10.95 m
➔ EW-02 is considered as a wall restrained on four edges!

The effective height can be determined with the following equation:

1 h
hef = 2  h for  4  1
 h 
2
 b
1 +  4  2 
 b 

b h
hef = 4  1
2 4 b

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 53

with
ρ2 reduction coefficient according to Table 4.2
h wall height
b centre-to-centre distance of the bracing walls according to chapter 5
4 modification factor to take into account the properties of high precision masonry
elements with reduced overlap. For small and medium-sized masonry the modification
factor is 4 = 1.0.

Table 4.4 Factor ρ2 for determining the effective height hef for walls in the simplified
calculation method [9]

Wall thickness Reduction coefficient Required minimum support depth of the ceiling
t ρ2 a
[cm] [cm]
≤ 17.5 0.75 a=t
17.5 < t < 24 0.90 a=t
24 ≤ t ≤ 25 0.90 a ≥ 17.5
> 25 1.00 -

The slab support width is two-thirds of the wall thickness t:

t = 36.5 cm
a = 2/3 · t = 24.3 cm

➔ ρ2 = 1.00
h 3.00
➔ 4  = 1.0  = 0.33  1.00
b 9.00
1
hef = 1.0  3.0 = 2.70
1.0  3.0 
2

1 + 1.0  
 9.0 

Slenderness λ

λ = hef / t = 2.70 / 0.365 = 7.40

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 54

3.2.4 Requirements for application of the simplified calculation method

• Requirements according to Table 4.3 ✓

clear wall height h < 12 · t h = 3.0 m < 12 · t = 4.38 m ✓

wind load (only for exterior walls) wk ≤ 1.25 kN/m² ✓

thickness of the floor slab hCC01 ≥ 18 cm ✓

the considered storey has the same ground plan and elevation plan as the
✓
storey below and above

• Total height of the building ≤ 20 m H = (10.67 + 13.20) / 2 = 11.94 m ✓

• Span of the slabs l ≤ 6.0 m
(In the case of two-way spanning
l = 5.00 m ✓
floors, the smaller span shall be used
in the calculations)
• Characteristic live load ≤ 5.0 kN/m² qk,slab = 2.3 kN/m² ✓
• Support width a ≥ max (t / 2; 10 cm);
a = 2/3 · t = 24.33 cm ≥
(for walls thickness ≥ 36.5 cm ✓
max (16.43; 10)) = 16.43 cm
→ a ≥ max (0.45 · t; 10 cm))
• Slenderness λ = hef / t ≤ 27.0 λ = 7.40 ✓

• The slabs act as a rigid diaphragm In-situ concrete slab ✓

• The overlap lol of masonry units in accordance with DIN EN 1996-1-1 shall be
not less than 0.4 hu and in any case not less than 45 mm, except in the case of
masonry made of high-precision elements in which the overlap of the masonry ✓
units lol shall be not less than 0.2 hu and in any case not less than 125 mm.

3.2.5 Capacity reduction factors

The following equation applies for the capacity reduction factor at the top of the wall at the
most upper storey with small vertical loads:
For one-way floor slabs: For two-way floor slabs:
a a
1 = 0.333  1 = 0.4 
t t

a / t = 2/3

2
1,top = 0.4  = 0.27
3
1,top = 0.27

Equation for capacity reduction factor at the bottom of the wall for fk ≥ 1.80 N/mm²:

 lf  a a
1,bottom = 1.6 −    0.9 
 6  t t

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 55

with
a/t ratio of slab support width a to wall thickness t; with fully supported slab, a/t = 1.0
lf the span length of the adjacent floor slab in m, for two-way slabs with 0.5 ≤ l1 /l2 ≤ 2.0,
0.85 times the shorter span may be used for lf, the span starts and ends at the load
centre of the slab support.

a / t = 2/3
span = min(9.0 m; 5.0 m) = 5.0 m → lf = 0.85 · 5.0 m = 4.25 m

 4.25  2 2
1,bottom = 1.6 −    0.9 
 6  3 3
1,bottom = 0.59  0.6
1,bottom = 0.59

Equation for capacity reduction factor at the mid-height of the wall:

2
a h 
 2 = 0.85    − 0.0011  ef 
t  t 
2
2  2.70 
 2 = 0.85  − 0.0011  
3  0.365 
 2 = 0.51

3.2.6 Verification
3.2.6.1 Maximum load
NRd = Φ · A · fd ≥ NEd

Verification at the top of the wall:

NRd,o = Φ1 · t · l · fd = 0.27 · 0.365 · 9.36 · 2.55 = 2352.19 kN
NEd,o = 310.53 kN < NRd,o ✓

Verification at the mid-height of the wall:

NRd,m = Φ2 · t · l · fd = 0.51 · 0.365 · 9.36 · 2.55 = 4443.03 kN
NEd,m = 363.79 kN < NRd,m ✓

Verification at the bottom of the wall:

NRd,u = Φ1 · t · l · fd = 0.59 · 0.365 · 9.36 · 2.55 = 5052.86 kN
NEd,u = 417.05 kN < NRd,u ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 56

3.2.6.2 Minimum load

For the verification, the characteristic value of the permanent actions NGk must be greater than
the minimum load calculated according to the following equation:

3  qEwd  h2  b
N Ed ,min = 1,0  NGk 
 h 
16   a − 
 300 
with
NGk characteristic value of permanent actions at the mid-height of the wall
h clear wall height
qEwd characteristic wind load according to chapter 1.2.3
b the action width of the wind load (wall length)
a ceiling support depth (with fully supported ceiling, set a = t)

The verification must be carried out at the mid height of the wall, so that the dead weight of
half of the wall plus plaster may also be considered. If this verification is not fulfilled, the walls
or wall sections in question can be designed and constructed conservatively as non-load-
bearing exterior walls according to chapter 7.

N Ed ,min = NGk ,m = 170.78 + 0.5  h  g k ,exterior wall = 184.27 kN

3 1.5  0, 48  3.02  9.36
N Ed ,min  = 48.81 kN
 3.0 
16   0.243 − 
 300  ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 57

3.3 Masonry column MC-01 on the 1st floor

The masonry column MC-01 is located at axis B / 2-3.

Geometry
t = 0.175 m
b = 0.50 m
h = 3.00 m (clear height)

Construction materials
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units: compressive strength class 12

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 58

3.3.1 Internal forces

The vertical loads of all construction elements are calculated in chap. 1.4 and summarized in
Table 2.10 and Table 2.11.

Normal force at the bottom of MC-01 at the 1st floor:

Ngk,u = 273.17 kN; Nqk,u = 78.73 kN
NEd,u = 1.35 · Ngk,u + 1.50 · Nqk,u = 486.87 kN

Normal force at the top of MC-01 at the 1st floor:

Ngk,o = Ngk,u – gk,interior,wall · l = 273.17 kN – 6.75 kN/m · 0.5 m = 269.80 kN/m
Nqk,o = 78.73 kN
NEd,o = 1.35 · Ngk,o + 1.50 · Nqk,o = 482.32 kN

Normal force at the mid-height of MC-01 at the 1st floor:

NEd,m = (NEd,u + NEd,o) / 2 = 484.60 kN

3.3.2 Design value of the masonry compressive strength

Characteristic compressive strength (see Table 4.1):
fk = 5.0 N/mm²

Design compressive strength:

According to DIN EN 1996-3 / NA 4.2.2.2 (NA.3), the design compressive strength has to be
multiplied by the factor of 0.8 if the cross-sectional area of the wall is smaller than 0.1 m².
A = 0.175 m · 0.50 m = 0.088 m² < 0.1 m²
fd = 0.8 · ζ · fk / γM = 0.8 · 0.85 · 5.0 / 1.5 = 2.27 N/mm²

3.3.3 Effective height and slenderness

MC-01 is considered as a wall restrained on two edges since there are now traverse walls.
The effective height can be determined with the following equation:

hef = n  h
The reduction coefficient ρn applies according to Table 4.2 and the slab support width is equal
to the wall thickness (a/t = 1.0).
➔ ρ2 = 0.75
➔ hef = 0.75 · 3.0 = 2.25 m
Slenderness λ
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 59

λ = hef / t = 2.25 / 0.175 = 12.86

3.3.4 Requirements for application of the simplified calculation method

All requirements for the application of the simplified calculation method are fulfilled (see
chapter 3.1.4).

3.3.5 Capacity reduction factors

Equation for capacity reduction factor at the top and bottom of the wall for fk ≥ 1.80 N/mm²:

 lf  a a
1 = 1.6 −    0.9 
 6 t t

a / t = 1.0
lf = 0.85 · 6.0 m = 5.1 m
(for two-way slabs with 0.5 ≤ l1 /l2 ≤ 2.0, 0.85 times the shorter span may be used for lf)

 5.1 
1 = 1.6 −  1.0  0.9 1.0
 6 
1 = 0.75  0.9

1 = 0.75

Equation for capacity reduction factor at the mid/height of the wall

2
a h 
 2 = 0.85    − 0.0011  ef 
t  t 
2
 2.25 
 2 = 0.85 1.0 − 0.0011  
 0.175 
 2 = 0.67

3.3.6 Verification
NRd = Φ · A · fd ≥ NEd

Verification at the top of the wall:

NRd,o = Φ1 · t · l · fd = 0.75 · 0.175 · 0.50 · 2.27 = 148.97 kN
NEd,o = 482.32 kN < NRd,o → verification not fulfilled
Verification at the mid-height of the wall:
NRd,m = Φ2 · t · l · fd = 0.67 · 0.175 · 0.50 · 2. 27 = 133.08 kN
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
3 Simplified calculation method – DIN EN 1996 -3 60

NEd,m = 484.60 kN < NRd,m → verification not fulfilled

Verification at the bottom of the wall:

NRd,u = Φ1 · t · l · fd = 0.75 · 0.175 · 0.50 · 2. 27 = 148.97 kN
NEd,u = 486.87 kN < NRd,u → verification not fulfilled

➔ None of these verifications is fulfilled!

This example illustrates that the design of masonry columns with high loads gets difficult with
an increasing number of storeys. One of the following measures must be applied to fulfil the
verification:
o Masonry with a higher compressive strength
o Construction of the column with reinforced concrete instead of masonry

Even with a general-purpose mortar of compressive strength class M20 and a masonry unit of
compressive strength class 60, this verification is not fulfilled. Therefore, a reinforced concrete
column must be constructed.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
4 Simplified calculation method - DIN EN 1996-3 Annex A 61

4 Simplified calculation method according to DIN EN 1996-3 Annex A /NA

4.1 Interior wall IW-01 on the 1st floor
The interior wall IW-01 is located at axis B / 1-2. The slab is fully supported over the whole wall
thickness t of IW-01 and therefore it transfers the load centric into the wall.

Figure 4.1 Section of the first-floor plan showing IW-01

Geometry
t = 0.175 m
b = 4.635 m
h = 3.00 m (clear height)

Construction materials
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units: compressive strength class 12

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
4 Simplified calculation method - DIN EN 1996-3 Annex A 62

4.1.1 Internal forces

see chapter 3.1.1:
Normal force at the bottom of IW-01 on the 1st floor: NEd,u = 1407.28 kN
Normal force at the top of IW-01 on the 1st floor: NEd,o = 1365.04 kN
Normal force at the mid-height of IW-01 on the 1st floor: NEd,m = 1386.16 kN

4.1.2 Design value of the masonry compressive strength

See chapter 3.1.2:
Design compressive strength:
fd = ζ · fk / γM = 0.85 · 5.0 / 1.5 = 2.83 N/mm²

4.1.3 Effective height and slenderness

See chapter 3.1.3:
hef = 0.75 · 3.0 = 2.25 m
Slenderness λ = hef / t = 2.25 / 0.175 = 12.86

4.1.4 Requirements for application of the simplified calculation method

For the simplified calculation method according to DIN EN 1996-3 Annex A, all the
requirements of chapter 3.1.4 apply. Additionally, the following requirements for application
need to be fulfilled:

• the building does not exceed three storeys in height above the ground floor level ✓
• the walls are laterally restrained by the floors and roof in the horizontal direction at
right angles to the plane of the wall, either by the floors and roof themselves or by ✓
suitable methods, for example, ring beams with sufficient stiffness
• the floors and roof have a support width on the wall of at least 2/3 of the thickness
✓
of the wall but not less than 85 mm
• the clear storey height does not exceed 3.0 m ✓

• the minimum plan dimension is at least 1/3 of the height ✓

• the characteristic values of the variable actions on the floors and the roof do not
✓
exceed 5.0 kN/m²
• the maximum clear span of any floor is 6.0 m ✓
• the maximum clear span of the roof is 6.0 m, except in the case of light weight roof
✓
construction where the span does not exceed 12.0 m
• the slenderness ratio, hef/tef, of internal and external walls are not greater than 21 ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
4 Simplified calculation method - DIN EN 1996-3 Annex A 63

4.1.5 Capacity reduction factors

For walls which support ceilings over the full thickness of the wall, the following applies to the
capacity reduction factor:
Φ = 0.5 for   18;
Φ = 0.4 for   18 and fk < 1.8 N/mm² and lf > 5.5 m
Φ = 0.33 for 18 <   21 and generally for walls at the uppermost storey

For walls that support ceilings over a part of the wall thickness and
- fk ≥ 1.8 N/mm² and an effective span of the ceiling > 5 m or
- fk < 1.8 N/mm² and an effective span of the ceiling > 4 m as well as

generally, for walls as end supports on the uppermost storey, especially under roof ceilings,
the values for φ are to be multiplied by a/t.

  18
a / t = 1.0
fk > 1.8 N/mm²
lf > 5.0 m
➔ Φ = 0.5

4.1.6 Verification
The verification of the absorbable normal force is carried out analogous to the simplified
procedure.
NRd = Φ · A · fd ≥ NEd
NRd = 0.5 · 0.175 · 4.635 · 2.83 = 1147.74 kN < NEd,u = 1407.28 kN
➔ The verifications with the simplified calculation method according to DIN EN 1996-3
Annex A for the interior wall IW-01 are not fulfilled!

4.1.6.1 Comparison of the results

Table 4.1 comparison of the results of the simplified calculation methods according
to DIN EN 1996-3 / NA and DIN EN 1996-3 – Annex A / NA

Vertical load DIN EN 1996-3 / NA DIN EN 1996-3 – Annex A / NA

NEd,o = 1365.04 kN Φ = 0.75 Φ = 0.5
NRd,o = 1721.61 kN NRd = 1147.74 kN
NEd,m = 1386.16 kN Φ = 0.67 Φ = 0.5
NRd,m = 1537.97 kN NRd = 1147.74 kN
NEd,u = 1407.28 kN Φ = 0.75 Φ = 0.5
NRd,u = 1721.61 kN NRd = 1147.74 kN

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
4 Simplified calculation method - DIN EN 1996-3 Annex A 64

4.2 Exterior wall EW-02 on the 3rd floor

The exterior wall EW-02 is located at axis A / 1-3. The slab is supported over two-thirds of the
wall thickness t (a = 2/3 · t).

Figure 4.2 Section of the third-floor plan showing EW-02

Geometry
t = 0.365 m
b = 9.36 m
h = 3.00 m (clear height)

Construction materials
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units: compressive strength class 10

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
4 Simplified calculation method - DIN EN 1996-3 Annex A 65

4.2.1 Internal forces

see chapter 3.2.1:
Normal force at the bottom of EW-02 at the 3st floor: NEd,u = 417.05 kN
Normal force at the top of EW-02 at the 3st floor: NEd,o = 310.53 kN
Normal force at the mid-height of EW-02 at the 3st floor: NEd,m = 363.79kN

4.2.2 Design value of the masonry compressive strength

See chapter 3.2.2:
Design compressive strength:
fd = ζ · fk / γM = 0.85 · 4.5 / 1.5 = 2.55 N/mm²

4.2.3 Effective height and slenderness

See chapter 3.2.3:
hef = 2.70 m
Slenderness λ = hef / t = 2.70 / 0.365 = 7.40

4.2.4 Requirements for application of the simplified calculation method

See chapter 4.1.4.

4.2.5 Capacity reduction factors

For walls which support ceilings over the full thickness of the wall, the following applies to the
capacity reduction factor:
Φ = 0.5 for   18;
Φ = 0.4 for   18 and fk < 1.8 N/mm² and lf > 5.5 m
Φ = 0.33 for 18 <   21 and generally for walls at the uppermost storey
For walls that support ceilings over a part of the wall thickness and
- fk ≥ 1.8 N/mm² and an effective span of the ceiling > 5 m or
- fk < 1.8 N/mm² and an effective span of the ceiling > 4 m as well as

generally, for walls as end supports on the uppermost storey, especially under roof ceilings,
the values for φ are to be multiplied by a/t.

a/t=2/3
fk > 1.8 N/mm²
lf > 5.0 m
➔ Φ = 0.33 · 2 / 3 = 0.22

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
4 Simplified calculation method - DIN EN 1996-3 Annex A 66

4.2.6 Verification
The verification of the absorbable normal force is carried out analogous to the simplified
procedure.
NRd = Φ · A · fd ≥ NEd
NRd = 0.22 · 0.365 · 9.365 · 2.55 = 1917.62 kN > NEd,u = 384.07 kN ✓
➔ The wall EW-02 can be verified with the simplified calculation method according to DIN
EN 1996-3 Annex A!

4.2.6.1 Comparison of the results

Table 4.2 Comparison of the results of the simplified calculation methods according
to DIN EN 1996-3 / NA and DIN EN 1996-3 – Annex A / NA

Vertical load DIN EN 1996-3 / NA DIN EN 1996-3 – Annex A / NA

NEd,o = 310.53 kN Φ = 0.27 Φ = 0.22
NRd,o = 2352.19 kN NRd = 1917.62 kN
NEd,m = 363.79 kN Φ = 0.51 Φ = 0.22
NRd,m = 4443.03 kN NRd = 1917.62 kN
NEd,u = 417.05 kN Φ = 0.59 Φ = 0.22
NRd,u = 5052.86 kN NRd = 1917.62 kN

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 67

5. General verification method according to DIN EN 1996-1-1

5.1 Interior wall IW-01 on the 1st floor
The interior wall IW-01 is located at axis B / 1-2. The slab is fully supported over the whole wall
thickness t of IW-01 and therefore it transfers the load centrically into the wall.

Figure 5.1 Section of the first-floor plan showing IW-01

Geometry
t = 0.175 m
b = 4.635 m
h = 3.00 m (clear height)

Construction materials
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units: compressive strength class 12

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 68

Internal forces
5.1.1.1 Normal forces
The vertical loads of all construction elements are calculated in chap. 1.4 and summarized in
Table 1-10 and Table 1-11. (Pdf page 32)

Normal force at the bottom of IW-01 at the 1st floor:

Ngk,u = 789.11 kN; Nqk,u = 227.99 kN
NEd,u = 1.35 · Ngk,u + 1.50 · Nqk,u = 1407.28 kN

Normal force at the top of IW-01 at the 1st floor:

Ngk,o = Ngk,u – gk,interior,wall · l = 789.11 kN – 6.75 kN/m · 4.635 m = 757.82 kN/m
Nqk,o = 227.99 kN
NEd,o = 1.35 · Ngk,o + 1.50 · Nqk,o = 1365.04 kN

Normal force at the mid-height of IW-01 at the 1st floor:

NEd,m = (NEd,u + NEd,o) / 2 = 1386.16 kN

5.1.1.2 Calculation of bending moments of the weak axis (out-of-plane) -

Joint analysis by DIN EN 1996-1-1 Annex C
According to DIN EN 1996-1-1 – Annex C the joint between the wall and the floor may be
simplified by using uncracked cross sections and assuming elastic behaviour of the materials
for the calculation of the eccentricities at the top and bottom of the wall. Therefore, a frame
analysis or a single joint analysis may be used.
The joint analysis may be simplified as shown in Figure 5.2. If there are less than four
members, those which not exist, have to be ignored. The ends of the members remote from
the junction should be taken as fixed. If the members remote are known to take no moment at
all, they may be taken to be hinged. The end moment at node 1, M1 may be calculated from
the following equation. The end moment at node 2, M2, similarly but using E2I2/h2 instead of
E1I1/h1 in the numerator.

n1  E1  I1
h1  q3  l32 q4  l42 
M1 =  −
n1  E1  I1 n2  E2  I 2 n3  E3  I 3 n4  E4  I  4  ( n3 − 1) 4  ( n4 − 1) 
+ + +
h1 h2 l3 l4

n2  E2  I 2
h2  q3  l32 q4  l42 
M2 =  −
n1  E1  I1 n2  E2  I 2 n3  E3  I 3 n4  E4  I  4  ( n3 − 1) 4  ( n4 − 1) 
+ + +
h1 h2 l3 l4

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 69

with
ni stiffness factor of members; it is taken as 4 for members fixed at both ends and
otherwise 3;
Ei modulus of elasticity of member i, the values of E for masonry are defined with:
E = KE · fk (or KE see Table 5.1)
Ii second moment of area of member i;
h1 clear height of member 1;
h2 clear height of member 2;
l3 clear span of member 3, the longer slab span
l4 clear span of member 4, the shorter slab span
Note for l3 und l4:
According to DIN EN 1996-1-1 Annex NA.C for two-way slabs a reduced value applies
for the spans, which is 2/3 of the shorter span.
q3 design uniformly distributed load on member 3, using the partial factors from EN 1990
for unfavourable actions;
q4 design uniformly distributed load on member 4, using the partial factors from EN 1990
for unfavourable actions

Table 5.1 Values KE for the calculation of the modulus of elasticity of masonry [8]

Masonry units Value for KE

Calculation value Range of values
Clay masonry units 1100 950 till 1250
Calcium silicate masonry units 950 800 till 1250
Light weight aggregate concrete masonry units 950 800 till 1100
Concrete masonry units 2400 2050 till 2700
Autoclaved aerated concrete masonry units 550 500 till 650

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 70

Figure 5.2 Simplified frame diagram

Two different load combinations can be decisive for the determination of the eccentricity at the
top and bottom of the wall. According to DIN EN 1996-1-1 / NA, section 2.4.2 half the imposed
load may be taken as permanent. Therefore, the load combinations shown in Figure 5.3 are
possible.
Load combination A Load combination B

Figure 5.3 Load combinations for decisive eccentricities at the top and bottom of the
wall

I1 = I2 = 1.0 m · t3 / 12 = 1.0 m · (0.175 m)3 / 12 = 0.000447 m4

I3 = I4 = 1.0 m · h3 / 12 = 1.0 m · (0.20 m)3 / 12 = 0.000667 m4
E1 = E2 = KE · fk = 1100 · 5.0 = 5500 N/mm² (see Table 5.1)
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 71

E3 = E4 = 33000 N/mm² (concrete C30/37)

slab axis B-C: span = min(9.0 m; 6.0 m) = 6.0 m
l3 = 2/3 · [6.0 m – 2 · 0.175 / 2] = 2/3 · 5.825 m = 3.88 m
l3 = 3.88 m
slab axis A-B: span = min(9.0 m; 5.0 m) = 5.0 m
l4 = 2/3 · [5.0 m – 0.175 / 2 – 0.365 / 2]= 2/3 · 4.730 m = 3.15 m
l4 = 3.15 m
junction at the top of the wall: h1 = h2 = 3.00 m
junction at the bottom of the wall: h1 = 2.60 m; h2 = 3.00 m
n1 = n2 = n3 = 4.0
n4 = 3.0
The slab support on top of the exterior wall is assumed hinged (end support with n4 = 3.0),
while the slab support on top of the interior wall is assumed fixed (n3 = 4.0) since the slab
continues here.

Load combination A
junction at the top of the wall: q3 = 1.35 ·7.34 + 0.5 · 1.5 · 2.30 = 11.63 kN/m²
q4 = 1.35 ·7.34 + 1.5 · 2.30 = 13.36 kN/m²
junction at the bottom of the wall: q3 = 13.36 kN/m²
q4 = 11.63 kN/m²

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 72

Moment M1 at the top of the wall:

4  5500  0.000447
3.00 11.63  3.882 13.36  3.152 
M1 =  − 
4  5500  0.000447 4  5500  0.000447 4  33000  0.000667 3  33000  0.000667
+ + +  4  ( 4.0 − 1) 4  ( 3.0 − 1) 
3.00 3.00 3.88 3.15
3.278
M1 =  14.590 − 16.571
3.278 + 3.278 + 22.692 + 20.963

M1 = −0.129 kNm / m

Moment M2 at the bottom of the wall:

4  5500  0.000447
3.00 13.36  3.882 11.63  3.152 
M2 =−  − 
4  5500  0.000447 4  5500  0.000447 4  33000  0.000667 3  33000  0.000667
+ + +  4  ( 4.0 − 1) 4  ( 3.0 − 1) 
2.60 3.00 3.88 3.15
3.278
M2 = −  16.761 − 14.425
3.782 + 3.278 + 22.692 + 20.963

M 2 = −0.151 kNm / m

Load combination B
junction at the top of the wall: q3 = 13.36 kN/m²
q4 = 11.63 kN/m²
junction at the bottom of the wall: q3 = 11.63 kN/m²
q4 = 13.36 kN/m²

Moment M1 at the top of the wall:

4  5500  0.000447
3.00 13.36  3.882 11.63  3.152 
M1 =  − 
4  5500  0.000447 4  5500  0.000447 4  33000  0.000667 3  33000  0.000667
+ + +  4  ( 4.0 − 1) 4  ( 3.0 − 1) 
3.00 3.00 3.88 3.15
3.278
M1 =  16.761 − 14.425
3.278 + 3.278 + 22.692 + 20.963

M1 = 0.153 kNm / m

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 73

Moment M2 at the bottom of the wall:

4  5500  0.000447
3.00 11.63  3.882 13.36  3.152 
M2 = −  − 
4  5500  0.000447 4  5500  0.000447 4  33000  0.000667 3  33000  0.000667
+ + +  4  ( 4.0 − 1) 4  ( 3.0 − 1) 
2.60 3.00 5.825 4.730
3.278
M2 = −  14.590 − 16.571
3.782 + 3.278 + 22.692 + 20.963

M 2 = 0.128 kNm / m

The following figure illustrates that load combination A produces the decisive moment at the
bottom of the wall and load combination B produces the decisive moment at the top of the wall.
In each decisive load case the slab with the longest span is charged with the higher load at the
top or respective at the bottom of the wall.

Load combination B
Load combination A

Figure 5.4 Bending moment of IW-01 for different load combinations

Since IW-01 is an interior wall, wind loads do not affect the distribution of the bending moment
around the weak axis of the wall.

These bending moments may be reduced by multiplication with the factor η, as the theoretical
rigidity of the floor-wall junction may not be achieved due to crack formation:

 E3,o  I 3,o E I 
 n3,o  l + n4,o  4,o 4,o 
 l4,o 
o = 1 − 0, 25  min  3,o
;2,0 
 n1,o  E1,o  I1,o + n2,o  E2,o  I 2,o 
 h1,o h2,o 

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 74

 E3,u  I 3,u E I 
 n3,u  l + n4,u  4,u 4,u 
 l4,u 
u = 1 − 0, 25  min  3,o
;2,0 
 n1,u  E1,u  I1,u + n2,u  E2,u  I 2,u 
 h1,u h2,u 

with
ni stiffness factor of the considered member i
n = 4 for restrained support at the distal end (e.g. outer wall)
n = 3 for hinged support at the distal end (e.g. inner wall)
Ei modulus of elasticity of the considered bar i
Ii moment of inertia of the bar under consideration i
In the case of cavity walls with an air layer, where only one wall shell is loaded, only
the moment of inertia of the loaded wall shell may be assumed for Ii. In most cases, the
effective width of the slab and the width of the wall are equal, i.e. b B/bD = 1. If wall
openings or slab openings are arranged near the edge, the widths of the slab and wall
can be different. The moment of inertia of the walls has to be determined with a wall
thickness equal to the actual support depth of the ceiling (t = a).
h1 clear height of the bar 1
h2 clear height of the bar 2
l3 clear span of member 3, the longer slab span
l4 clear span of member 4, the shorter slab span
Note for l3 und l4:
According to DIN EN 1996-1-1 Annex NA.C for two-way slabs a reduced value applies
for the spans, which is 2/3 of the shorter span.
q3 uniformly distributed design load of member 3 when applying the partial safety factors
for unfavourable action
q4 uniformly distributed design load of member 4 when applying the partial safety factors
for unfavourable action
o, u index for the top (o) or bottom (u) of the wall

 4.0  33000  0.000667 + 3.0  33000  0.000667 

 3.88 3.15 
o = 1 − 0.25  min  ; 2.0 
 4.0  5500  0.000447 + 4.0  5500  0.000447 
 3.00 3.00 
o = 1 − 0.25  min  43.655
6.556
= 6.66 ; 2, 0 
o = 1 − 0.25  2.0 = 0.5

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 75

 4.0  33000  0.000667 + 3.0  33000  0.000667 

 3.88 3.15 
u = 1 − 0.25  min  ; 2.0 
 4.0  5500  0.000447 + 4.0  5500  0.000447 
 2.60 3.00 
u = 1 − 0.25  min  43.655
7.060
= 4.118 ; 2, 0 
u = 1 − 0.25  2.0 = 0.5

The values of the bending moment according to Figure 5.4 are reduced by the factors ηo at the
top of the wall and ηu at the bottom of the wall. The reduced bending moments are shown in
Figure 5.5.
Load combination A Load combination B

Figure 5.5 Reduced bending moment of IW-01 with different load combinations

Design value of the masonry compressive strength

See chapter 2.1.2:
Design compressive strength:
fd = ζ · fk / γM = 0.85 · 5.0 / 1.5 = 2.83 N/mm²

Eccentricity, effective height and slenderness

5.1.3.1 Eccentricities
Mi
ei =
Ni
0.077
ehead = = 0.000261 m
1365.04 4.635
0.071
emid = = 0.000237 m
1386.16 4.635
0.076
ebottom = = 0.000250 m
1407.28 4.635

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 76

5.1.3.2 Effective height

IW-01 -→ wall restrained on two edges (see chap. 2.1.3)
Table 5.2 Factor ρ2 for determining the buckling height hef in general calculation
method

Eccentricity e Reduction coefficient 2

e ≤ t/6 0.75

e ≥ t/3 1.0
Intermediate values may be obtained by linear interpolation

e is the eccentricity of the design axial load acting on the top of the wall (without allowing
for any accidental eccentricity)

A reduction in the effective height using ρ2 < 1.0 is only permitted if the bearing height a of
the floor on the wall complies with the following values:

t < 12.5 cm a ≥ 10.0 cm

t ≥ 12.5 cm a ≥ 2/3 - t

etop = 0.000261 m ≤ t / 6 = 0.175 / 6 = 0.02917 m

ρ2 = 0.75

hef = 0.75 · 3.0 = 2.25 m

5.1.3.3 Slenderness
Slenderness λ = hef / t = 2.25 / 0.175 = 12.86 < 27

According to DIN EN 1996-1-1, section 5.5.1.4 the slenderness ratio of the masonry wall
should not be greater than 27 when subjected to mainly vertical loading.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 77

Capacity reduction factors for the weak axis (out-of-plane)

5.1.4.1 Capacity reduction factors at the top and bottom of the wall
ei
i = 1 − 2
t
M id
ei = + ehe + einit  0.05  t
Nid

with
ei eccentricity at the top or the bottom of the wall
Mid design value of the bending moment at the top or bottom of the wall resulting from the
eccentricity of the floor load at the support (see Figure 5.6)
Nid design value of the vertical load at the top or bottom of the wall;
ehe eccentricity at the top or bottom of the wall, if any, resulting from horizontal loads (for
example, wind);
einit initial eccentricity with a sign that increases the absolute value of ei
t thickness of the wall

Figure 5.6 Moments from calculation of eccentricities [8]

The eccentricity due to horizontal loads ehe is 0 (no horizontal loads act on IW-01)

The unplanned eccentricity einit is equal to zero at the top and bottom of the wall, since
imperfections are already covered by the minimum eccentricity of 0.05 · t.
einit, top = einit, bottom = 0

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 78

Capacity reduction factor at the top of the wall:

0.077
etop = + 0 + 0 = 0.00026 m  0.05  0.175= 0.00875 m
1365.04 4.635
0.00875
 top = 1− 2 = 0.9
0.175

Capacity reduction factor at the bottom of the wall:

0.076
ebottom = + 0 + 0 = 0.00025 m  0.05  0.175= 0.00875 m
1407.28 4.635
0.00875
bottom = 1− 2 = 0.9
0.175

5.1.4.2 Capacity reduction factors at the mid-height of the wall

The capacity reduction factor has to be calculated according to the equation given by DIN EN
1996-1-1/NA - Annex NA.G:

 m = 1.14  (1 − 2  emk / tef ) − 0.024  hef / tef  1 − 2  emk / tef

with
emk eccentricity at the middle height of the wall, calculated as follows:
emk = em + ek ≥ 0.05 · t

M md
em = + ehe + einit  0.05  t
N md

em eccentricity due to loads;

Mmd value of the greatest moment at the mid-height of the wall resulting from the moments
at the top and bottom of the wall, including any load applied eccentrically to the face of
the wall (e. g. brackets);
Nmd design value of the vertical load at the middle height of the wall, including any load
applied eccentrically to the face of the wall (e. g. brackets);
ehm eccentricity at mid-height resulting from horizontal loads (for example, wind);
NOTE The inclusion of ehm depends on the load combination being used for the
verification; its sign relative to that of Mmd/Nmd should be taken into account.
einit initial eccentricity with a sign that increases the absolute value of em
hef effective height
tef effective thickness of the wall
ek eccentricity due to creep, calculated from the following equation:
hef
ek = 0.002     t  em
tef
Φ∞ final creep coefficient

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 79

The eccentricity due to creep ek can be neglected if the critical slenderness according to
Table 5.4 is not exceeded. For the determination of the critical slenderness the final creep
coefficient - depending on the masonry unit and mortar - can be applied according to Table
5.3.
Table 5.3 Deformation characteristics of masonry according to [8]
Final value of the Coefficient of
Final creep
moisture thermal E-Modulus
coefficient a
expansion b expansion
Masonry N/mm2
Unit type Φ∞
mortar type mm/m αt 10-6 / K

Calculated Value Calculated Value Calculated Value Calculated Value

value range value range value range value range

General
purpose
masonry
0.5 -
mortar / thin- 1.0
1.5 -0.1c 950 -
layer
Clay masonry 0 - 6 5-7 1100 - fk 1250
mortar +0.3 - fk
Lightweight
1.0 -
masonry 2.0
3.0
mortar

General
purpose
masonry 800 -
Calcium 1.0 - -0.3
mortar / thin- 1.5 -0.2 8 7-9 950 - fk 1250
silicate 2.0 -- 0.1
layer - fk
masonry
mortar

General 2050
Aggregate purpose -0.3 -
1.0 - -0.2 10 2400 - fk
concrete masonry -- 0.1 2700
mortar - fk

General 8 -
purpose -0.6 12
-0.4
Lightweight masonry -- 0.2 800 -
mortar 1.5 - d
aggregate 2.0 10; 8 950 - fk 1100
2.5
concrete Lightweight - fk
-0.6
masonry -0.5
-- 0.3
mortar

Autoclaved Thin-layer 500 -

0.2 - -0.2 -
aerated masonry 0.5 -0.1 8 7-9 550 - fk 650 -
0.7 +0.1
concrete mortar fk

a Final creep coefficient φ∞ = ε∞ / εel , where εc∞ is the final creep strain and εel = σ/E.

b Final value of moisture expansion is given negatively for shortening and positively for expansion.

c For masonry units < 2 DF the limit value - 0.2 mm/m applies.

d For lightweight concrete with predominantly expanded clay as aggregate.

Final creep coefficient for clay masonry units and for general purpose mortar: Φ∞ = 1.0

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 80

Table 5.4 Critical slenderness depending on the final creep coefficient

Final creep coefficient (calculated value) Critical slenderness

0.5 20
1.0 15
1.5 12
2.0 10

slenderness λ = 12.86 ≤ 15 (critical slenderness) ✓

ek = 0

For the eccentricity resulting from horizontal loads ehe at mid-height applies ehe = 0 since
there are no horizontal loads acting on IW-01.

For the unplanned eccentricity einit,mid at the mid-height of the wall applies according to DIN
EN 1996-1-1, section 5.5.1.1:
einit,mid = hef / 450 = 2.25 / 450 = 0.005 m

M md
em = + ehe + einit  0.05  t
N md
0.071
em = + 0 + 0.005 = 0.00524 m  0.05  0.175= 0.00875 m
1386.16 4.635

emk = em + ek
emk = 0.00875 + 0.0 = 0.00875 m

Capacity reduction factor at the mid-height of the wall:

 m = 1.14  (1 − 2  0.00875 / 0.175) − 0.024  2.25 / 0.175  1 − 2  0.00875 / 0.175

 m = 0.72  0.9
 m = 0.72

Verification for normal forces and bending moments out-of-plane

NRd = Φ · A · fd ≥ NEd

Verification at the top of the wall:

NRd,o = Φtop · t · l · fd = 0.9 · 0.175 · 4.64 · 2.83 = 2068.16 kN
NEd,o = 1365.04 kN < NRd,o ✓
Verification at the mid-height of the wall:
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 81

NRd,m = Φm · t · l · fd = 0.72 · 0.175 · 4.64 · 2.83 = 1654.53 kN

NEd,m = 1386.16 kN < NRd,m ✓

Verification at the bottom of the wall:

NRd,u = Φbottom · t · l · fd = 0.9 · 0.175 · 4.64 · 2.83 = 2068.16 kN
NEd,u = 1407.28 kN < NRd,u ✓

Table 5.5 Comparison of the load-bearing resistance of IW-01 according to different

calculation methods

Vertical load DIN EN 1996-3 / NA DIN EN 1996-3 – DIN EN 1996-1-1

Annex A / NA
Φ = 0.75 Φ = 0.5 Φ = 0.9
NEd,o = 1365.04 kN
NRd,o = 1721.61 kN NRd = 1147.74 kN NRd = 2068.16 kN
Φ = 0.67 Φ = 0.5 Φ = 0.72
NEd,m = 1386.16 kN
NRd,m = 1537.97 kN NRd = 1147.74 kN NRd = 1654.53 kN
Φ = 0.75 Φ = 0.5 Φ = 0.9
NEd,u = 1407.28 kN
NRd,u = 1721.61 kN NRd = 1147.74 kN NRd = 2068.16 kN

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 82

5.2 Exterior wall EW-02.1 on the 1st floor

The exterior wall EW-02.1 is located at axis A / 1-2. The slab is supported over 2/3 of the wall
thickness t of EW-02.1 and therefore, it transfers the load eccentric into the wall.

Figure 5.7 Section of the first-floor plan showing EW-02.1

Geometry
t = 0.365 m; a = 2/3 · 0.365 m = 24.3 m
b = 2.68 m
h = 3.00 m (clear height)

Construction materials
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units: compressive strength class 10

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 83

Internal forces for the verification around the weak axis

5.2.1.1 Normal forces
The vertical loads of all construction elements are calculated in chap. 1.4 and summarized in
Table 1-10 and Table 1-11.

Normal force at the bottom of EW-02.1 at the level of the 1st floor:
Ngk,u = 567.32 kN / 2 = 283.66 kN; Nqk,u = 113.68 kN / 2 = 56.84 kN
NEd,u = 1.35 · Ngk,u + 1.50 · Nqk,u = 468.20 kN

Normal force at the top of EW-02.1 at the level of the 1st floor:
Ngk,o = Ngk,u – gk,interior,wall · l = 283.66 kN – 8.43 kN/m · 2.68 m = 261.07 kN
Nqk,o = 56.84 kN
NEd,o = 1.35 · Ngk,o + 1.50 · Nqk,o = 437.70 kN

Normal force at the mid-height of EW-02.1 at the level of the 1st floor:
Ngk,m = Ngk,u – 0,5 · gk,interior,wall · l = 283.66 kN – 0.5 · 8.43 kN/m · 2.68 m = 272.36 kN
Nqk,m = 56.84 kN
NEd,m = (NEd,u + NEd,o) / 2 = 452.95 kN

5.2.1.2 Calculation of bending moments around the weak axis (out-of-plane)

According to DIN EN 1996-1-1 – Annex C the joint between the wall and the floor may be
simplified by using uncracked cross-sections and assuming elastic behaviour of the materials
for the calculation of the eccentricities at the top and bottom of the wall. Therefore, a frame
analysis or a single joint analysis may be used.
If there are less than four members, those not existing should be ignored. Since EW-02.1 is
an exterior wall with an adjacent slab on one side E3 = I3 = l3 = n3 = 0.

n1  E1  I1
h1  q3  l32 q4  l42 
M1 =  − 
n1  E1  I1
+
n2  E2  I 2
+
n3  E3  I 3
+
n4  E4  I  4  ( n3 − 1) 4  ( n4 − 1) 
h1 h2 h3 h4

n2  E2  I 2
h2  q3  l32 q4  l42 
M2 =  − 
n1  E1  I1
+
n2  E2  I 2
+
n3  E3  I 3
+
n4  E4  I  4  ( n3 − 1) 4  ( n4 − 1) 
h1 h2 h3 h4

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 84

Figure 5.8 Wall-floor-junction of the exterior wall EW-02.1

I1 = I2 = 1.0 m · a3 / 12 = 1.0 m · (2/3 · 0.365 m)3 / 12 = 0.001201 m4

I4 = 1.0 m · h3 / 12 = 1.0 m · (0.20 m)3 / 12 = 0.000667 m4
E1 = E2 = KE · fk = 1100 · 4.5 = 4950 N/mm² (see Table 5.1)
E4 = 33000 N/mm² (concrete C30/37)
l4 = 2/3 · [5.0 m – 0.175 / 2 - 0.365 / 2] = 2/3 · 4.73 m = 3.15 m
l4 = 3.15 m
Note for l4:
According to DIN EN 1996-1-1 Annex NA.C for two-way slabs a reduced value applies for
the spans, which is 2/3 of the shorter span (clear span).
junction at the top of the wall: h1 = h2 = 3.00 m
junction at the bottom of the wall: h1 = 2.60 m; h2 = 3.00 m
n1 = n2 = n4 = 4.0
q4 = 1.35 ·7.34 + 1.5 · 2.30 = 13.36 kN/m²

Moment M1 at the top of the wall:

4  4950  0.001201
3.00  13.36  3.152 
M1 =  0−
4  4950  0.001201 4  4950  0.001201 4  33000  0.000667  
4  ( 4.0 − 1) 
+ +0+
3.00 3.00 3.15
7.927
M1 =   0 − 11.05
7.927 + 7.927 + 0 + 27.950

M 1 = −2.00 kNm / m

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 85

Moment M2 at the bottom of the wall:

4  4950  0.001201
2−
 13.36  3.15 
M2 = − 3.00  0 − 
4  4950  0.001201 4  4950  0.001201 4  33000  0.000667  4  ( 4.0 − 1) 
+ +0+
2.60 3.00 3.15
7.927
M2 = −   −11.05
9.146 + 7.927 + 0 + 27.950

M 2 = 1.946 kNm / m

These results may be reduced by multiplication with the factor ηo and ηu, as the theoretical
rigidity of the floor-wall junction may not be achieved due to crack formation. As a conservative
approach this reduction of the bending moments is relinquished here.

For the bending moments due to wind loads that are acting on the facade, the engineer is free
to choose a static system to determine the internal forces. Either a simple beam with hinged
supports at the top and bottom of the wall can be used, or a beam with fixed supports at the
top and bottom of the wall (see Figure 5.9 and Figure 5.10). For each assumption, it is
important that the internal forces can be taken up by the structure.
The decisive wind load at the facade results from wind suction:
we = cpe,10,A · qp = -1.2 · 0.65 kN/m² = - 0.78 kN/m²
wd = γQ · we = 1.50 · - 0.78 = - 1.17 kN/m²

Bending moment of EW-02.1 with the assumption of hinged supports:

Mm = wd · h² / 8 = - 1.32 kNm/m

Bending moment of EW-02.1 with the assumption of fixed supports:

Mm = wd · h² / 24 = - 0.44 kNm/m
M1 = M2 = wd · h² / 12 = 0.88 kNm/m

The following figures illustrate the bending moment due to the restraint of the slab and due to
wind. The resulting bending moment around the weak axis is the addition of both. The
assumption of hinged supports for the wind load is shown in Figure 5.9 and the assumption of
fixed supports is shown in Figure 5.10.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 86

+ =

Figure 5.9 Bending moment of the weak axis (wind load with hinged supports)

+ =

Figure 5.10 Bending moment of the weak axis (wind load with fixed supports)

The following calculation uses the bending moment according to Figure 5.9.

Design value of the masonry compressive strength

See chapter 2.2.2
Characteristic compressive strength: fk = 4.5 N/mm²
Design compressive strength: fd = ζ · fk / γM = 0.85 · 4.5 / 1.5 = 2.55 N/mm²

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 87

Capacity reduction factor of the weak axis z

5.2.3.1 Eccentricities
Mi
ei =
Ni
2.00
etop = = 0.0122 m
437.70 2.68
1.35
emid = = 0.0080 m
452.95 2.68
1.95
ebottom = = 0.0112 m
468.20 2.68

5.2.3.2 Capacity reduction factors at the top and bottom of the wall
The verification and the capacity reduction factor at the top and bottom of the wall refers to the
ideational cross-section with the wall thickness a (a = 2/3 · t).

ei
 z ,i = 1 − 2
a
M id
ei = + ehe + einit  0.05  a
Nid

with
ei eccentricity at the top or the bottom of the wall
Mid design value of the bending moment at the top or bottom of the wall resulting from the
eccentricity of the floor load at the support
Nid design value of the vertical load at the top or bottom of the wall;
ehe eccentricity at the top or bottom of the wall, if any, resulting from horizontal loads (for
example, wind);
einit initial eccentricity with a sign that increases the absolute value of ei
a support depth of the slab on top of the wall

The eccentricity due to horizontal loads ehe is already included in Mid / Nid (see chapter
5.2.1.2).

The unplanned eccentricity einit is equal to zero at the top and bottom of the wall, since
imperfections are already covered by the minimum eccentricity of 0.05 · t.
einit, top = einit, bottom = 0

Capacity reduction factor at the top of the wall:

2.00 2
𝑒𝑡𝑜𝑝 = + 0 + 0 = 0.0122 𝑚 ≥ 0.05 ⋅ ⋅ 0.365 = 0.01217𝑚
437.7/2.68 3
0.0122
𝛷𝑧,𝑡𝑜𝑝 =1−2⋅ = 0.90
2
3 ⋅ 0.365

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 88

Capacity reduction factor at the bottom of the wall:

1.95
ebottom = + 0 + 0 = 0.0112 m  0.05  2  0.365= 0.01217 m
468.20 2.68 3
0.01217
 z ,bottom = 1− 2  = 0.90
2  0.365
3

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 89

5.2.3.3 Capacity reduction factors at the mid-height of the wall

Effective height
EW-02.1 -→ wall restrained on three edges (see lecture notes chapter 5.2.2):
b'vorh = 2.68 m – 0.365 m / 2 =2.50 m ≤ 15 · t = 15 · 0.365 m = 5.475 m

ρ2 = 0.75 (see Table 5.2 with etop = 0.0113 m ≤ t / 6 = 0.365 / 6 = 0.0608 m)

1
hef =  2  h  0.3  h
 h 
2

1 +  3  2 
 3 b ' 
1
hef =  0.75  3.00 = 2.06  0.3  h = 0.9
0.75  3.00 
2

1 + 1.0  
 3  2.50 
hef = 2.06 m

Slenderness
Slenderness λ = hef / t = 2.06 / 0.365 = 5.64 < 27

According to DIN EN 1996-1-1, section 5.5.1.4 the slenderness ratio of the masonry wall
should not be greater than 27 when subjected to mainly vertical loading.

The capacity reduction factor has to be calculated according to the equation given by DIN EN
1996-1-1/NA - Annex NA.G:

 z ,m = 1.14  (1 − 2  emk / tef ) − 0.024  hef / tef  1 − 2  emk / tef

with
emk eccentricity at the middle height of the wall, calculated as follows:
emk = em + ek ≥ 0.05 · t

M md
em = + ehe + einit
Nmd

em eccentricity due to loads;

Mmd value of the greatest moment at the mid-height of the wall resulting from the moments
at the top and bottom of the wall, including any load applied eccentrically to the face of
the wall (e. g. brackets);
Nmd design value of the vertical load at the middle height of the wall, including any load
applied eccentrically to the face of the wall (e. g. brackets);

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 90

ehm eccentricity at mid-height resulting from horizontal loads (for example, wind);
NOTE The inclusion of ehm depends on the load combination being used for the
verification; its sign relative to that of Mmd/Nmd should be taken into account.
einit initial eccentricity with a sign that increases the absolute value of em
hef effective height
tef effective thickness of the wall
ek eccentricity due to creep, calculated from the following equation:
hef
ek = 0.002     t  em
tef
Φ∞ final creep coefficient

The eccentricity due to creep ek can be neglected if the critical slenderness according to
Table 5.4 is not exceeded. For the determination of the critical slenderness the final creep
coefficient - depending on the masonry unit and mortar - can be applied according to Table
5.3.
Infinite creep coefficient for clay masonry units and general purpose mortar: Φ∞ = 1.0
Slenderness λ = 5.64 ≤ 15 (critical slenderness) ✓

ek = 0

The eccentricity due to horizontal loads ehe is already included in Mid / Nid (see chapter
5.2.1.2).

For the unplanned eccentricity einit,mid at the mid-height of the wall applies according to DIN
EN 1996-1-1, section 5.5.1.1:
einit, mid = hef / 450 = 2.06 / 450 = 0.0046 m

The verification and the capacity reduction factor at the centre of the wall refers to the real
cross-section with the wall thickness t. Since the load eccentricities are calculated with the
ideational cross-section with the wall thickness a (see chapter 5.2.1.2), the eccentricity at the
wall centre increases about (t – a) / 2.

M md t − a
em = + + ehe + einit
N md 2

1.35 0.365 − 2  0.365

em = + 3 + 0 + 0.0046 = 0.0734 m
452.95 2.68 2

emk = em + ek  0.05  t
emk = 0.0734 + 0.0  0.05  0.365 = 0.0183 m
emk = 0.0734 m

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 91

Capacity reduction factor at the mid-height of the wall:

 z ,m = 1.14  (1 − 2  0.0734 / 0.365) − 0.024  2.06 / 0.365  1 − 2  0.0734 / 0.365

 z ,m = 0.55  0.60
 z ,m = 0.55

5.2.3.4 Resulting capacity reduction factors of the weak axis z

Φz,top = 0.90 (referring to the ideational cross-section with wall thickness a)
Φz,m = 0.55 (referring to the real cross-section with wall thickness t)
Φz,bottom = 0.90 (referring to the ideational cross-section with wall thickness a)

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 92

Internal forces for the verification around the strong axis y

5.2.4.1 Normal forces

See chapter 5.2.1.1.

5.2.4.2 Horizontal forces according to the cantilever model

The exterior wall EW-02.1 is a stiffening wall, that stabilises the building. Therefore, the floor
slabs transfer a horizontal load to the wall in each storey. The wind load-case “full wind load
parallel to the letter-axis + imperfections” is decisive. In the following figure, the decisive
horizontal forces acting on EW-02.1 are shown:

H3,Ed = 4.39 kN

H2,Ed = 3.26 kN

H1,Ed = 3.25 kN

H0,Ed = 1.77 kN

∑HEd = 12.67 kN

∑MEd = 108.94 kNm

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 93

5.2.4.3 Calculation of bending moments of the strong axis (in-plane) -

Cantilever method
There are two eccentricities in the longitudinal direction of the wall that have to be considered.
One due to eccentric load transfer and one due to the horizontal loads of the bracing system
(see chap. 5.2.4.2). The first one, an eccentric load transfer, is caused by non-symmetric load
areas or by offsets of the wall from one storey to the storey below (see Figure 5.11). For the
exterior wall EW-02.1 there is an offset from the second to the first storey and therefore, the
load is applied eccentrically into the wall EW-02.1 at the first floor.

Figure 5.11 Offset of the wall EW-02.1 from the second to the first floor

The concrete beam CB-03 is considered as a simple beam and therefore half of its load is
transferred to the wall EW-02.1. The length of the line-load of EW-02 in the second storey, that
is transferred to EW-02.1 is ltotal = 2.68 m + 4.00 m / 2 = 4.68 m. The partial load Ncent. goes
centrically into EW-02.1 and the partial load Neccent. is transferred into EW-02.1 at its edge. The
eccentricity eo,offset of the total load Ntotal due to the offset is calculated as follows:

N cent .  0 + N eccent .  2.68

eo ,offset = 2
N cent . + N eccent .
2.68
N cent . = N total 
4.68
2.00
N eccent . = N total 
4.68
2.68 2.00 2.68
N total   0 + N total  
4.68 4.68 2 2.00 2.68
eo ,offset = = 
N total 4.68 2
eo ,offset = 0.573 m

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 94

For the calculation of the eccentricity due to horizontal loads the combination factors ψ0 of
simultaneous acting live loads are neglected as a conservative approach. Therefore, only two
load combinations need to be observed. The horizontal loads and the corresponding lever are
taken from chapter 5.2.4.2.

LC 1 Minimal normal force and maximum bending moment from horizontal loads
Verification: min NEd = 1.0 NGk ≤ NRd = Φmin · A · fd
Top: MEd,o = H3,Ed · 6.40 m + H2,Ed · 3.2 m = 38.53 kNm
NEd,min,o = 1.0 NGk = 261.07 kN
ew,LC1,o = eo,offset + MEd,o / NEd,min,o = 0.573 m + 38.53 kNm / 261.07 kN
ew,LC1,o = 0.72 m
Mid-height: MEd,m = H3,Ed · 8.00 m + H2,Ed · 4.8 m + H1,Ed · 1.60 m = 55.97 kNm
NEd,min,m = 1.0 NGk = 272.36 kN/m
ew,LC1,m = eo,offset + MEd,o / NEd,min,o = 0.573 m + 55.97 kN / 272.36 kNm
ew,LC1,m = 0.78 m
Bottom: MEd,u = H3,Ed · 9.60 m + H2,Ed · 6.40 m + H1,Ed · 3.20 m = 73.41 kNm
NEd,min,u = 1.0 NGk = 283.66 kN
ew,LC1,u = eo,offset + MEd,o / NEd,min,o = 0.573 m + 73.41 kNm / 283.66 kN
ew,LC1,u = 0.83 m

LC 2 Maximum normal force and maximum bending moment

Verification: max NEd = 1.35 · NGk + 1.5 · NQk ≤ NRd = Φmax · A · fd
Top: MEd,o = H3,Ed · 6.40 m + H2,Ed · 3.2 m = 38.53 kNm
NEd,max,o = 1.35 · NGk,o + 1.50 · NQk,o = 437.70 kN
ew,LC2,o = eo,offset + MEd,o / NEd,min,o = 0.573 m + 38.53 kNm / 437.70 kN
ew,LC2,o = 0.66 m
Mid-height: MEd,m = H3,Ed · 8.00 m + H2,Ed · 4.8 m + H1,Ed · 1.60 m = 55.97 kNm
NEd,max,m = 1.35 · NGk,m + 1.50 · NQk,m = 452.95 kN
ew,LC2,m = eo,offset + MEd,o / NEd,min,o = 0.573 m + 55.97 kNm / 452.95 kN
ew,LC2,m = 0.70 m
Bottom: MEd,u = H3,Ed · 9.60 m + H2,Ed · 6.40 m + H1,Ed · 3.20 m = 73.41 kNm
NEd,max,u = 1.35 · NGk,u + 1.50 · NQk,u = 468.20 kN
ew,LC2,u = eo,offset + MEd,o / NEd,min,o = 0.573 m +73.41 kNm / 468.20 kN
ew,LC2,u = 0.73 m

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 95

5.2.4.4 Calculation of bending moments of the strong axis (in-plane) -

Method according to Annex NA.K
The cantilever model is conservative and often leads to uneconomical results. According to
DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA, Annex K, the internal forces of a stiffening wall can therefore now be
determined alternatively according to a new model.

Cantilever model
according to DIN EN
1996-1-1/NA

Consideration of
positive effects from
restraint as well as
restoring forces
according to DIN EN
1996-1-1/NA Annex
NA. K

Figure 5.12 Comparison of the internal force lines according to the cantilever model
and the method according to Annex NA.K from DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA

When determining the load-bearing capacity of a masonry slab according to DIN EN 1996-1-
1, NCL Annex NA.K.2 (1), the favourably acting restraint of the wall plates in the adjacent slabs
can be considered for the determination of the acting internal forces. The resulting back-
rotating moments at the slab edge may be applied and the wall may be considered storey by
storey.
The spring stiffness of the restraint of the wall plates in the adjacent slabs must be determined
for each stiffening wall in each storey separately. For the calculation of each spring stiffness
the engineer needs to consider a complex static system. Therefore, the internal forces for the
verification with Annex NA.K are regularly determined with FEM-Software.
Since the method according to Annex NA.K is hardly used in practice, the following exercise
focuses on the widespread cantilever method and omits the method according to Annex NA.K.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 96

Capacity reduction factors of the strong axis y (in-plane) - Cantilever method

The capacity reduction factor for bending around the strong axis is calculated according to DIN
EN 1996-1-1, section 6.1.2.2 NA.3 with the following equation:

ew
 y ,i = 1 − 2 
l
with
ew eccentricity of the vertical load in the longitudinal direction of the wall: ew = MEwd / NEd
MEwd design value of the moment acting in the longitudinal direction of the wall, taking into
account the partial safety factor γQ, sup = 1.5, MEwwd = VEd · h
NEd design value of the decisive vertical load (min NEd or max NEd)
l length of the stiffening wall

Capacity reduction factor at the top of the wall:

ew, LC1,o 0.72

 y ,top , LC1 = 1 − 2  = 1− 2  = 0.46
l 2.68
ew, LC 2,o 0.66
 y ,top , LC 2 = 1 − 2  = 1− 2  = 0.51
l 2.68

Capacity reduction factor at the mid-height of the wall:

ew, LC1,m 0.78

 y ,m, LC1 = 1 − 2  = 1− 2  = 0.42
l 2.68
ew, LC 2,m 0.70
 y ,m, LC 2 = 1 − 2  = 1− 2  = 0.48
l 2.68

Capacity reduction factor at the bottom of the wall:

ew, LC1,u 0.83

 y ,bottom, LC1 = 1 − 2  = 1− 2  = 0.38
l 2.68
ew, LC 2,u 0.73
 y ,bottom, LC 2 = 1 − 2  = 1− 2  = 0.46
l 2.68

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 97

Capacity reduction factors of the strong axis (in-plane) –

Method according to Annex NA.K
If the internal forces are determined by Annex K of DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA considering the
restraining effects of the walls in the adjoining slabs, the capacity reduction factor m for the
bending verification about the strong axis in the respective action combination can be modified
to:
VEd
i = 1 − 2   v (5.1)
NEd

with
VEd design value of the acting shear force in the respective combinations of action
NEd design value of the acting vertical load in the respective combinations of action
v =  · h / l shear slenderness of the wall according to Annex K of DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA
 factor to describe the distribution of moments over the height of the shear wall

Since the method according to Annex NA.K is hardly used in practice, the following exercise
focuses on the widespread cantilever method and omits the method according to Annex NA.K.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 98

Verification for vertical load and combined bending (out-of-plane and in-plane)
In the case of a combined load from bending about the strong axis y and bending about the
weak axis z, the verification of combined bending must be carried out at the relevant point.
According to DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA chap. 6.1.2.2 for the sake of simplification, the reduction
factors Φ may be combined by multiplying one by the other. Thus, the design value of the
normal force that can be absorbed is given by:

N Rd =  y   z  A  f d (5.2)

with
Φz capacity reduction factor for bending around the weak axis. Differentiation has to be
made according to the relevant points of verification.
Φy capacity reduction factor for bending around the strong axis
A total area of the cross-section
fd design value of the masonry compressive strength

Verification at the top of the wall:

(referring to the ideational cross-section with wall thickness a)
LC1: NRd,o = Φz,top · Φy,top · a · l · fd = 0.90 · 0.46 · 2/3 · 0.365 · 2.68 · 2.55 = 688.46 kN
NEd,min,o = 261.07 kN < NRd,o ✓
LC2: NRd,o = Φz,top · Φy,top · a · l · fd = 0.90 · 0.51 · 2/3 · 0.365 · 2.68 · 2.55 = 763.29 kN
NEd,max,o = 437.70 kN < NRd,o ✓

Verification at the mid-height of the wall:

(referring to the real cross-section with wall thickness t)
LC1: NRd,m = Φz,m · Φy,m · t · l · fd = 0.55 · 0.42 · 0.365 · 2.68 · 2.55 = 576.21 kN
NEd,min,m = 272.36 kN/m < NRd,o ✓
LC2: NRd,m = Φz,m · Φy,m · t · l · fd = 0.55 · 0.48 · 0.365 · 2.68 · 2.55 = 658.52 kN
NEd,max,m = 452.95 kN < NRd,o ✓

Verification at the bottom of the wall:

(referring to the ideational cross-section with wall thickness a)
LC1: NRd,u = Φz,bottom · Φy,bottom · a · l · fd = 0.90 · 0.38 · 2/3 · 0.365 · 2.68 · 2.55 = 568.73 kN
NEd,min,u = 283.66 kN < NRd,o ✓
LC2: NRd,u = Φz, bottom · Φy, bottom · a · l · fd = 0.90 · 0.49 · 2/3 · 0.365 · 2.68 · 2.55 = 733.36 kN
NEd,max,u = 468.20 kN < NRd,o ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 99

Verification for lateral shear loading (out-of-plane)

For masonry under horizontal loads perpendicular to the wall plane, the shear resistance may
be verified for the failure due to friction of the bed joints according DIN EN 1996-1-1, section
6.2 with the following equation:
1
VRdlt =  t  l  f vd
c cal
VRdlt  VEd

with
tc,cal calculated value of the compressed wall thickness; the calculated wall thickness tcal
increases in the case of short-term effects due to wind tcal = 1.25 · tc,lin; in all other cases
tcal = tc,lin
l wall length, in case of simultaneous shear loading in both directions (out-of-plane and
in-plane), the compressed wall length l = lc,lin should be considered
fvd design value of shear strength with fvd = fvk / M according to chapter 3.1.6 and M = 1,5
c factor for the shear stress distribution; c = 1.5 for shear perpendicular to the wall plane

5.2.8.1 Internal forces

The decisive in-plane shear load results from slab rotation and from horizontal wind suction on
the exterior wall with wd = 1.17 kN/m² according to chapter 5.2.1.2.

h2
− wd  − M Ed ,o − M Ed ,u
M o : VEd ,u = 2
h
2
3.0
−1.17  − 2.00 − 1.95
M o : VEd ,u = 2 = −3.072 kN / m
h
h2
wd  − M Ed ,o − M Ed ,u
M u : VEd ,o = 2
h
2
3.0
1.17  − 2.00 − 1.95
M u : VEd ,o = 2 = 0.438 kN / m
h

Figure 5.13 Equilibrium of forces according to the bending moment distribution of

Figure 5.9

Right next to the exterior wall EW-02.1 there is a big window opening with a width of 4.00 m
(see Figure 5.14). As a conservative approach for the verification of lateral shear loads it is
assumed that the window transfers all the wind loads horizontally to the walls EW-02.1 and
EW-02.2.
The resulting maximum out-of-plane shear force acting on EW-02.1 is:
➔ VEd,o · lload = = 3.072 kN/m · (2.68 m + 4.00 m / 2) = 14.38 kN

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 100

Figure 5.14 Horizontal wind load acting on the façade

5.2.8.2 Compressed cross-sectional area

In the case of simultaneous shear loading in both directions the decisive cross-sectional area
considers the compressed wall length lc,lin and the compressed wall thickness tc,lin. For both
linear-elastic material behaviour may be assumed. In the case of lateral shear loading out-of-
plane and no shear loading in-plane lc,lin is equal to l.

3  e
tc ,lin =  1 − 2    t  t
2  t

with
tc,lin compressed wall thickness based on linear-elastic material behaviour
e eccentricity of the weak axis of the acting vertical load

Shear forces can only be absorbed by the compressed part of the cross-section. Therefore, a
high vertical load acts favourable for the shear resistance. The decisive verification point with
the lowest vertical load and the highest eccentricity is at the top of the wall.
𝑀𝐸𝑑,𝑜 2.00
𝑒𝑡𝑜𝑝 = = = 0.01224 𝑚
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑜 437.70/2,68
The eccentricity of the weak axis at the top of the wall etop is referred to the ideational cross-
section with the wall-thickness a. Therefore, the wall thickness t is replaced by the support
depth a in the following equation.

Compressed wall thickness for short term effects due to wind:

𝑡𝑐𝑎𝑙 = 1.25 ⋅ 𝑡𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛

3 0.01224 2 2
𝑡𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 = ⋅ (1 − 2 ⋅ ) ⋅ ⋅ 0.365 = 0.329 ≤ ⋅ 0.365 = 0.243
2 2 3 3
3 ⋅ 0.365
𝑡𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 = 0.243
𝑡𝑐𝑎𝑙 = 1.25 ⋅ 0.243 𝑚 = 0.304 𝑚

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 101

Compressed wall length under consideration of in-plane eccentricity, linear-elastic material

behaviour may be assumed:

3  e 
lc,lin =  1 − 2  w,max l  l
2  l 
with
lc,lin compressed wall length based on linear-elastic material behaviour
ew,max maximum eccentricity of the strong axis, see chapter 5.2.4.3

3  0.83 
lc ,lin =  1 − 2   2.68  2.68
2  2.68 
lc ,lin = 1.53 m

5.2.8.3 Shear strength for lateral shear load

According to DIN EN 1996-1-1, section 3.6.2 the friction coefficient is assumed with μ = 0.6 for
lateral shear loads, because the stones are not tilting. For shear loads in-plane the stone tilting
reduces the friction coefficient. Therefore, it is assumed with μ = 0.4 for shear loads in-plane.

Mortared perpend joints:

fvlt1 = fvk 0 + 0.6   Dd

Non-mortared perpend joints:

2
fvlt1 =  fvk 0 + 0.6   Dd
3

with
fvk0 initial shear strength according to Table 5.6
σDd design value of the associated compressive stress at the location of the maximum
shear stress. For rectangular cross-sections, σDd = NEd / (tc,lin · lc,lin); the minimum action
NEd = 1.0 · NGk generally applies.

Table 5.6 Initial shear strength values fvk0 for masonry under zero compressive
stress according to [8].

fvk0 [N/mm²]

General purpose masonry

mortar with strength fm Thin-layer mortar
Lightweight masonry
[N/mm²] (Bed joint thickness 1mm mortar
to 3mm)
M2.5 M5.0 M10.0 M20.0

0.08 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.22 0.18

→ fvk0 = 0.18 N/mm² (general purpose mortar M5)
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 102

As a conservative approach non-mortared perpend-joint are assumed for the characteristic

shear strength:
2 0.28366
𝑓𝑣𝑙𝑡1 = ⋅ 0.18 + 0.6 ⋅ = 0.12 + 0.2613
3 0.243 ⋅ 2,68
𝑓𝑣𝑙𝑡1 = 0.3813 𝑁/𝑚𝑚2

Design shear strength:

0.3813
𝑓𝑣𝑑 = = 0.254 𝑁/𝑚𝑚² 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝛾𝑀 = 1.5
1.50

5.2.8.4 Verification of the lateral shear force bearing capacity

1
𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 = ⋅𝑡 ⋅𝑙 ⋅𝑓
𝑐 𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 𝑣𝑑
1
𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 = ⋅ 0.304 ⋅ 1.53 ⋅ 0.254 = 78.76 𝑘𝑁
1.5
𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 ≥ 𝑉𝐸𝑑 = 14.38 𝑘𝑁
➔ Verification of lateral shear force bearing capacity fulfilled ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 103

Verification for longitudinal shear loading (in-plane)

The failure of a masonry wall under shear loads can occur in four different modes. The shear
resistance of each failure mode must be determined and the verification is fulfilled if the shear
resistance of each failure mode is bigger than the acting design shear load.

VRdlt → Failure due to friction in bed joints

V → Tensile failure of the bricks

VRdlt = min  Rdlt
VRdlt → Failure under compression and shear
VRdlt → Joint failure due to tilting of the individual stones

VRdlt  VEd

5.2.9.1 Internal forces

The maximum shear force acting in-plane at the bottom of the stiffening wall EW-02.1 is
calculated in chapter 5.2.4.2.
VEd = 12.67 kN

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 104

5.2.9.2 Failure due to friction in bed joints and tensile failure of the bricks

Figure 5.15 Left (a): failure due to friction of the bed joints; right (b): tensile failure of
the bricks

The shear resistance of the two failure modes due to friction in the bed joints and tensile failure
of the bricks is calculated according to DIN EN 1996-1-1, section 6.2 as follows:
1
VRdlt =  lcal  t  f vd
c
with
lcal calculated value of the compressed length
t wall thickness, in case of simultaneous shear loading in both directions (out-of-plane
and in-plane), compressed wall thickness tc,lin should be considered
fvd design value of shear strength
c factor for the shear stress distribution: c = 1.0 for h / l  1.0 and c = 1.5 for h / l ≥ 2.0,
intermediate values may be linearly interpolated in both cases.
h/l ratio of the clear height of the wall to the wall length, if the internal forces are determined
according to the cantilever model

Characteristic value of the shear strength according to DIN EN 1996-1-1, section 3.6.2:


fvk = min fvlt1; fvlt 2 
with
fvlt1 characteristic shear strength in case of failure due to friction of the bed joints
fvlt2 characteristic shear strength in case of tensile failure of the bricks

Design value of the shear strength:

f vk
fvd = with  M = 1.5
M

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 105

Characteristic value of the shear strength for failure due to friction in bed joints fvlt1
According to DIN EN 1996-1-1, section 3.6.2 the stone tilting reduces the friction coefficient for
shear loads in-plane. Therefore, it is assumed with μ = 0.4 for shear loads in-plane. The shear
strength is calculated with the conservative assumption of non-mortared bed joints as follows:

fvlt1 = 0.5  fvk 0 + 0.4   Dd

with
fvk0 initial shear strength according to Table 5.6
σDd design value of the associated compressive stress at the point of the maximum shear
stress. For rectangular cross-sections σDd = NEd / A, with A = lc,lin · t; the minimum action
NEd = 1.0 · NGk generally applies.
lc,lin compressed wall length with linear-elastic material behaviour approach
t wall thickness, in case of simultaneous shear loading in both directions (out-of-plane
and in-plane), compressed wall thickness tc,lin should be considered

Initial shear strength in dependence of the mortar strength:

fvk0 = 0.18 N/mm² (general purpose mortar M5, see Table 5.6)

Compressed wall length under consideration of the maximum in-plane eccentricity at the
bottom of the wall, linear-elastic material behaviour may be assumed:

3  e 
lc,lin =  1 − 2  w,max   l  l
2  l 
with
lc,lin compressed wall length based on linear-elastic material behaviour
ew,max maximum eccentricity of the strong axis, see chapter 5.2.4.3

3  0.83 
lc ,lin =  1 − 2   2.68  2.68
2  2.68 
lc ,lin = 1.53 m

The compressed wall thickness tc,lin (see chapter 5.2.8.1): tc,lin = 0.24 m

The design value of the evenly distributed compressive strength:

N Ed ,min 283.66
 Dd = = = 0.772 N / mm²
lc ,lin  tc ,lin 1.53  0.24

f vlt1 = 0.5  0.18 + 0.4  0.772 = 0.399 N / mm²

f vlt1 = 0.399 N / mm²

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 106

Characteristic value of the shear strength for tensile failure of the bricks fvlt2

 Dd
f vlt 2 = 0.45  fbt ,cal  1 +
fbt ,cal

with
fvk0 initial shear strength according to Table 5.6
fbt,cal characteristic tensile strength of the units with
fbt,cal= 0.020 ∙ fst for hollow masonry blocks (Hohlblocksteine)
fbt,cal= 0.026 ∙ fst for vertically perforated clay masonry units (Hochlochsteine) or
units with grip holes (Grifflöcher) or handling recesses
(Grifftaschen)
fbt,cal= 0.032 ∙ fst for solid units of height ≥ 248mm without grip holes
handling recesses
fst converted mean compressive strength of the unit according to Table 5.7
σDd design value of the associated compressive stress at the point of the maximum shear
stress. For rectangular cross-sections σDd = NEd / A, with A = lc,lin · tc,lin; the minimum
action NEd = 1.0 · NGk generally applies.

Table 5.7 Values of fst as a function of the compressive strength class according to
[8]

Compressive
strength
class of the
masonry
units and
2 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 28 36 48 60
high-
precision
elements
Converted
mean
compressive 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 20.0 25.0 35.0 45.0 60.0 75.0
strength fst
[N/mm²]

Bricks: vertically perforated clay masonry units with compressive strength class 10
➔ fst = 12.5 N/mm²
➔ fbt,cal = 0.026 · fst = 0.325 N/mm²

σDd = 0.772 N/mm² (see above)

0.772
f vlt 2 = 0.45  0.325  1 +
0.325
f vlt 2 = 0.269 N / mm²

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 107

Design value of the shear strength for failure due to friction of the bed joints and tensile
failure of the bricks
Design value of the decisive shear strength:

fvk = min 0.399; 0.269

fvk = 0.269 N / mm²

f vk
fvd = = 0.179 N / mm² with  M = 1,5
M

Factor for the shear stress distribution c

Figure 5.16 Shear stress distribution for left: short walls (parabolic distribution) and
right: long walls (constant distribution)

c = 1.0 for h / l  1.0

intermediate values may be linearly interpolated in both cases
c = 1.5 for h / l ≥ 2.0

h / l = 3.00 / 2.68 = 1.12

➔ c = 1.06

Calculated value of the compressed length lcal

1.125  l
lcal = min 
1.333  lc ,lin
1.125  2.68 = 3.02
lcal = min 
1.333 1.53 = 2.04
lcal = 2.04 m

Compressed wall thickness tc,lin

tc,lin = 0.243 m (see chapter 5.2.8.1)

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 108

Verification for failure due to friction of the bed joints and tensile failure of the bricks
1
VRdlt =  2.04  0.243  0.179
1.06
VRdlt = 83.71 kN

VRdlt  VEd = 12.67 kN

(VEd see chapter 5.2.4.2)+

Verification fulfilled! ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 109

5.2.9.3 Verification for failure due to compression and shear

This failure modes are decisive if the following boundary conditions applies:

• Reduced overlap lol / hu < 0.4

• High tensile strength of the bricks, so that the tensile failure of the bricks is not reached
• High vertical load, to avoid failure due to friction of the bed joints
• If the combination of a high vertical load and a large shear force exceed the absorbable
inclined principal compressive stress at the wall base.

Figure 5.17 Failure due to compression and shear

This verification only needs to be checked in special cases with special design variants of high-
precision masonry elements with lol / hu < 0.40. For the exterior wall EW-01.2 with
lol = 0.5 · (20.00 – 1.00) = 9.50 cm and therefore lol / hu = 9.50 cm / 24.90 cm = 0.381 < 0.40
this verification can not be omitted.
The corresponding shear bearing capacity is given by DIN EN 1996-1-1, section 6.2 NA.13 as
follows:

1  f  l
VRdlt =   lc  t  k − max N Ed   ol
c  M  hu

with
c factor for the shear stress distribution: c = 1.0 for h / l  1.0 and c = 1.5 for h / l  2
Intermediate values may be linearly interpolated in both cases.
lc compressed wall length with rigid-plastic stress distribution
t wall thickness, in case of simultaneous shear loading in both directions (out-of-plane
and in-plane), compressed wall thickness tc,lin should be considered
fk characteristic value of the masonry compressive strength
γM partial safety factor for masonry, γM = 1.5
NEd design value of the acting vertical load
lol overlap
hu height of the stone

Compressed wall length lc under the consideration of the maximum in-plane eccentricity at the
bottom of the wall. Since the maximum vertical load (load combination 2, LC2) is decisive for
this verification, rigid-plastic material behaviour may be assumed:

 ew, LC 2 
lc = 1 − 2  l  l
 l 

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 110

with
lc compressed wall length based on rigid-plastic material behaviour
ew,LC2 maximum eccentricity of the strong axis for the load case 2, see chapter 5.2.4.3

 0.73 
lc = 1 − 2   2.68  2.68
 2.68  
lc = 1.22 m

Characteristic compressive strength (see chapter 3.2.2):

fk = 4.50 N/mm²

Design value of the acting vertical load NEd

NEd = 468.20 kN

Factor for the shear stress distribution c

c = 1.06 (see chapter 5.2.9.2)

The compressed wall thickness tc,lin (see chapter 5.2.8.1):

tc,lin = 0.243 m

Overlap (assumed for this chapter)

lol / hu = 0.381

Verification for failure due to compression and shear:

1 4.50
𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 = ⋅ (1.22 ⋅ 0.243 ⋅ − 0.46820) ⋅ 0.381
1.06 1.50
𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 = 151.39 𝑘𝑁

𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 ≥ 𝑉𝐸𝑑 = 12.67 𝑘𝑁

(VEd see chapter 5.2.4.2)

Verification fulfilled! ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 111

5.2.9.4 Joint failure due to tilting of the individual stones

This failure mode is decisive if the following boundary conditions applies:

• Exceptional ratio of the brick dimensions: lu < hu

• Non-mortared perpend-joints
• Low vertical loads
• If the torsional moment due to shear stress and the large brick height exceeds the
counter-rotating moment due to graduated normal stresses, this stress condition leads
to gaping bed joints and tilting bricks.

Figure 5.18 Joint failure due to tilting of the individual bricks under shear load

This verification only needs to be checked in special cases with high precision masonry
elements with height-to-length ratio of the elements lu < hu and non-mortared perpend joints.
For the exterior wall EW-01.2 with lu = 20.00 cm and hu = 24.90 cm the verification for this
failure mode can not be omitted.

Failure of the joints shall be verified at the mid-height of the wall. The corresponding shear
bearing capacity is given by DIN EN 1996-1-1, section 6.2 NA.14 as follows:

2 1 l l 
VRdlt =    u + u   min N Ed
3 M  hu h 

with
γM partial safety factor for masonry, γM = 1.5
lu length of the stone
hu height of the stone
h clear height of the stiffening wall (for one storey)
min NEd design value of the minimum acting vertical load

Design value of the minimum acting vertical load in the mid-height of the wall NEd,m:
NEd,m = 272.36 kN/m

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 112

Verification for joint failure due to tilting of the individual stones:

2 1 20.00 20.00
𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 = ⋅ ⋅( + ) ⋅ 272.36
3 1.5 24.90 300.00
𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 = 105.30 𝑘𝑁

𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 ≥ 𝑉𝐸𝑑 = 12.67 𝑘𝑁

(VEd see chapter 5.2.4.2)

Verification fulfilled! ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 113

5.2.9.5 Verification of the serviceability limit state (SLS)

In chapter 5.2.9.2 the initial shear strength fvk0 is considered for the determination of the shear
strength for failure due to friction in the bed joints fvlt1. This initial shear strength only exists, if
the bed joints are not cracked. Since the sign of the wind load may alternate, the same edge
of the wall may be under tensile stress for one wind load case and under compressive stress
for another wind load case. Therefore, the design edge strain due to in-plane loading in the
section of the wall where cracking occurs may not exceed a value of 10-4 (see Figure 5.19), if
the design initial shear strength was considered for the verification according DIN EN 1996-1-
1/NA, section 7.2 NA.10 and if the eccentricity ew is > lc,lin / 6.

D

 R  10−4

D
D =
E

a lc,lin
l

Figure 5.19 Limitation of the edge strain in shear walls [8]

D  l 
R =  − 1  10 −4
1000  f k l 
 c ,lin 

D
D =
1000  f k

with
εR calculated edge strain
εD calculated edge compressive strain
σD compressive stress based on a linear-elastic constitutive relation
l wall length
lc,lin compressed wall length with linear-elastic stress distribution
fk characteristic value of the masonry compressive strength

2  N Ed
D =
lc ,lin  t
with
NEd design value of the acting vertical load in the characteristic design situation
lc,lin compressed wall length with linear-elastic stress distribution
t wall thickness, in case of simultaneous shear loading in both directions (out-of-plane
and in-plane), compressed wall thickness tc,lin should be considered

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
5 General calculation method - DIN EN 1996-1-1 114

Design value of the internal forces for the characteristic design situation
Vertical load NEd = 1.0 · NGk + 1.0 · NQk = 283.66 kN + 56.84 kN = 340.50 kN
The design value of the bending moment at the bottom of the wall for the characteristic design
situation MEd is calculated approximativly by dividing the design bending moment of chapter
5.2.4.3 (ultimate limit state) with a mean partial safety factor γQ = 1.4:
Bending moment: MEd = 108.94 kNm / 1.4 = 77.81 kNm

The eccentricity for the characteristic design situation is:

ew,SLS = eo,offset + MEd / NEd = 0.573 m + 77.81 kNm / 340.50 kN = 0.80 m
(with eo,offset see chapter 5.2.4.3)

Compressed wall length lc,lin under consideration of the in-plane eccentricity ew,SLS at the bottom
of the wall, linear-elastic material behaviour may be assumed:
3 𝑒𝑤,𝑆𝐿𝑆
𝑙𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 = 2 ⋅ (1 − 2 ⋅ 𝑙
)⋅𝑙 ≤𝑙

3 0.80
𝑙𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 = ⋅ (1 − 2 ⋅ ) ⋅ 2.68 ≤ 2.68
2 2.68
𝑙𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 = 1.62 𝑚

𝑒𝑤 = 0.80 𝑚 ≥ 𝑙𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 /6 = 0.27 𝑚

Compressed wall thickness tc,lin = 0.243 m (see chapter 5.2.8.1)

Compressive stress based on a linear-elastic constitutive relation σD

2  N Ed 2  340.50
D = =
lc ,lin  t 1.32  0.243
 D = 2.12 N / mm²

Verification of the edge strain εR

Calculated edge compressive strain εD
2.12
D = = 4.7110−4
1000  4.5

Calculated edge strain εR

2.12  2.68 
R =  − 1 = 4.85 10−4  10−4
1000  4.5  1.32 

Verification not fulfilled! ✓

➔ Initial shear strength must not be considered for the verifications!

➔ Verifications must be reworked without initial shear strength!

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 115

6. Basement walls
For the dimensioning of basement walls, one of the verifications shown in the following can be
used:

• Verification of basement walls according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA (simplified method)

• Verification of basement walls according to DIN EN 1996-1-1-NA (general method)
• Using the approach of the arching action

Verification at the mid height of the fill

Figure 6.1 Basement wall ([26])

6.1 Verification of basement walls according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA (simplified method)

For designing basement walls subject to lateral earth pressure, providing that the following
conditions are fulfilled:
➢ Wall thickness t ≥ 24 cm.
➢ Clear height of the basement wall h ≤ 2.60 m
➢ Design of floor over the basement as rigid diaphragm
➢ Imposed load on the ground surface qk ≤ 5 kN/m2

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 116

➢ P ≤ 15 kN within 1.5 m from the wall

➢ The backfill height he ≤ 1.15 ∙ h
➢ The ground level does not increase up from the wall
➢ There should be no hydrostatic pressure acting on the wall
➢ There should be no sliding surface at the bottom of the wall

rigid diaphragm

t ≥ 240 mm

friction coefficient ≥ 0.6

Figure 6.2 Conditions of a basement wall for using the verification according to DIN
EN 1996-3/NA ([26])

For the verification of the load-bearing capacity under lateral earth pressure, the arch action
approach is assumed:
➢ A minimum value for the acting axial force at the mid height of the fill 𝒏𝑬𝒅,𝒎𝒊𝒏 should
be verified.
𝜌𝑒 ∙ ℎ ∙ ℎ𝑒2
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑛 ≥ [𝑘𝑁/𝑚]
𝛽∙𝑡
with
𝜌𝑒 Self−weight of the backfill
ℎ Clear height of the basement wall

ℎ𝑒⬚ Height of backfill ≤ 1.15 ∙ h

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 117

𝛽 Factor for consideration of the horizontal load-bearing effect

𝑡 Wall thickness

One-way load transfer:

β = 20 for exclusively vertical load transfer
for high-precision masonry elements with an overlap of
0.2 ∙ hu ≤ lol < 0.4 ∙ hu
Two-way load transfer:
β = 20 for bc / h ≥ 2 (vertical load transfer only)
= 60 – 20 ∙ bc / h for 1 < bc / h < 2
= 40 for bc / h ≤ 1
with
bc Distance between cross walls or other bracing elements
h Clear height of the basement wall under earth pressure

➢ A maximum design value of the axial force (dead weight and live loads) at the mid
height of the fill 𝒏𝑬𝒅,𝒎𝒂𝒙 also should be verified.
𝑡 ∙ 𝑓𝑑
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑎𝑥 ≤ [𝑘𝑁/𝑚]
3
with
𝑡 Wall thickness

𝑓𝑑⬚ Design value of the masonry compressive strength

➢ The verification of the shear force capacity (out-of-plane) is also included and
considered as fulfilled.
➢ The simplified calculation method is based on an earth pressure coefficient of ≤ 1/3.
Otherwise, use of the general method according to DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA!

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 118

An example problem: basement wall BW-01

Figure 6.3 Position of the basement wall BW-01

t = 36.5 cm
h = 2.8 – 0.2 = 2.6 m (clear height of the basement wall)
bc = 6.0m for BW-01.2 (located at axis 1/B-C)
bc = 4.0 m for BW-01.3 (located at axis 1/C-D, direct above the basement wall there is
a great opening at the first floor)
a = 2/3 ∙ 0.365 m = 24.3 m
perforated clay masonry wall γ = 6.88 kN/m³
compressive strength class 10 and general purpose masonry mortar M5
Fill material: 𝜌𝑒 = 20 kN/m³, flat ground level (𝛿 = 0) and frictional angle of soil 𝜑 = 35𝑜
𝜑
𝑘𝑎 = 𝑘𝑎𝑔ℎ = 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 (45𝑜 − ) = 0.27
𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛿 = 0: { 2 → 𝑘𝑖 = 0.35
𝑘0 = 𝑘𝑜𝑔ℎ = 1 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜑 = 0.43

Imposed load on the ground surface qk = 5 kN/m2

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 119

BW-01.02

BW-01.03

Figure 6.4 Position of the basement wall BW-01.02 and BW-01.03

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 120

6.1.1.1 Internal forces of the basement walls

For BW-01.02:
For an exterior wall having a height of 2.6m instead of 3.0m as all the floors above the
basement (see also section 1.3.4), the dead load is given by:
𝑔𝑘 = 8.43𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ∙ (2.6𝑚 / 3.0𝑚) = 7.31 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
The reference area of the load area on the wall BW-01.02 equals to the one of EW-01.02, see
also Table 2.9. Therefore,
A = 6.60 m²
The axial forces at the bottom, top and mid height of the basement wall BW-01.02 are:
𝑘𝑁
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 6.28 ∙ 6.0𝑚 (𝑟𝑜𝑜𝑓)
𝑚
𝑘𝑁 𝑘𝑁
+ (7.34 2 ∙ 6.60𝑚2 ∙ 4 + (8.43 ∙ 3 + 7.31) ∙ 6.0𝑚 ) ,
𝑚 𝑚
(𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑜𝑟 𝑠𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑠 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑒𝑥𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑟 𝑤𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑠) = 427.06 𝑘𝑁 = 71.18 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 71.18 − 7.31 = 63.87 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

(71.18 + 63.87)
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = = 67.53 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
2
𝑘𝑁
𝑛𝑄𝑘 = 2.94 + (2.30 𝑘𝑁/𝑚² ∙ 6.60𝑚2 ) ∙ 4 / 6.0𝑚 = 13.06𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝑚
Design values of the internal axial forces:
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 1.35 ∙ 71.18 + 1.50 ∙ 13.06 = 115.68𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 1.35 ∙ 63.87 + 1.50 ∙ 13.06 = 105.81 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

(115.68 + 105.81)
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = = 110.75 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
2

For BW-01.03:
Direct above the basement wall BW-01.03, there is a great opening as door at the first floor.
The floors slab (or stair landing 4.0m x 1.2m) above the basement is located not only on the
interior walls IW-02 and IW-04, but also on the basement wall. Thus, the axial forces can be
determined by:
𝑘𝑁 1.2𝑚 𝑘𝑁
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 5.0 2
∙( ) + 7.31 = 10.31 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝑚 2 𝑚
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 10.31 − 7.31 = 3.00 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

(10.31 + 3.00)
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = = 6.66 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
2
𝑘𝑁 1.2𝑚
𝑛𝑄𝑘 = 3.0 ∙( ) = 1.8 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝑚2 2

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 121

Design values of the internal axial forces:

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 1.35 ∙ 10.31 + 1.50 ∙ 1.80 = 16.62𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 1.35 ∙ 3.00 + 1.50 ∙ 1.80 = 6.75 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

(16.62 + 6.75)
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = = 11.69 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
2

6.1.1.2 Design value of the masonry compressive strength

𝑓𝑘 = 4.5 𝑁/𝑚𝑚² for the masonry wall made of compressive strength class of units 10 and
general purpose masonry mortar M5, see also Table 4.1.
Design compressive strength is given by:
𝜁 ∙ 𝑓𝑘 0.85 ∙ 4.5
𝑓𝑑 = = = 2.83 𝑁/𝑚𝑚²
𝛾𝑀 1.5

6.1.1.3 Check the conditions for using the simplified method according to DIN EN 1996-
3/NA
For designing basement walls subject to lateral earth pressure providing the following
conditions are fulfilled:

➢ Wall thickness t = 36.5cm ≥ 24 cm. ✓

➢ Clear height of the basement wall h=2.6m ≤ 2.60 m ✓

➢ Design of floor over the basement as diaphragm ✓

➢ Imposed load on the ground surface qk ≤ 5 kN/m2 ✓

➢ P ≤ 15 kN within 1.5 m from the wall. ✓

➢ The backfill height he = 2.60 m ≤ 1.15 ∙ h ✓

➢ The ground level does not increase up from the wall. ✓

➢ There should be no hydrostatic pressure acting on the wall. ✓

➢ There should be no sliding surface at the bottom of the wall. ✓

6.1.1.4 Determination of the minimum value for the acting axial force at the mid height
of the fill
The minimum value for the acting axial force at the mid height of the fill can be determinated
using the equation:
𝜌𝑒 ∙ ℎ ∙ ℎ𝑒2
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑛 ≥ [𝑘𝑁 / 𝑚]
𝛽∙𝑡

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 122

Two-way load transfer:

β = 20 for bc / h ≥ 2 (vertical load transfer only)
= 60 – 20 ∙ bc / h for 1 < bc / h < 2
= 40 for bc / h ≤ 1
h = 2.6 m (clear height of the basement wall)

For BW-01.2:
bc = 6.0 m
𝑏𝑐 6.0
→ = = 2.31 → 𝛽 = 20
ℎ 2.6
𝜌𝑒 ∙ ℎ ∙ ℎ𝑒2 20 𝑘𝑁/𝑚³ ∙ 2.6𝑚 ∙ (2.6𝑚)2
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑛 ≥ = = 48.15𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝛽∙𝑡 20 ∙ 0.365𝑚
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 64.17 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

→ 𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 64.17 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ≥ 48.15 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ✓

For BW-01.3:
bc = 4.0 m
𝑏𝑐 4.0
→ = = 1.54 → 𝛽 = 60 − 20 ∙ 1.54 = 29.2
ℎ 2.6
𝜌𝑒 ∙ ℎ ∙ ℎ𝑒2 20 𝑘𝑁/𝑚³ ∙ 2.6𝑚 ∙ (2.6𝑚)2
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑛 ≥ = = 32.98 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝛽∙𝑡 29.2 ∙ 0.365𝑚
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 6.66 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

→ 𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 6.66 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ≤ 32.98 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

➔ Not fulfilled
Using a cross wall having a length greater than 0.2h to reduce bc, so that bc / h ≤ 1
→ 𝛽 = 40
𝑘𝑁 2
𝜌𝑒 ∙ ℎ ∙ ℎ𝑒2 20 𝑚3 ∙ 2.6𝑚 ∙ (2.6𝑚)
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 6.66 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ≥ = = 24.08 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝛽∙𝑡 40 ∙ 0.365𝑚
➔ Still not fulfilled
➔ Use a reinforced concrete wall for this section BW-01.03

Note: In some cases, the verification will be fulfilled, by using the general method according to
DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA and using additional cross wall to reduce the distance bc to a value bc ≤ h
for a two-way load transfer. The minimum required value for the acting axial force can be
1
determined by using: 𝑏 ≤ ℎ: 𝑛1,𝐸𝑑,𝑖𝑛𝑓 ≥ ∙ 𝑛1,𝑙𝑖𝑚,𝑑 (see section NA.5 in DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA).
2

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 123

6.1.1.5 Determination of the maximum design value of the axial force at the mid height
of the fill
𝑡 ∙ 𝑓𝑑
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑎𝑥 ≤ [𝑘𝑁 / 𝑚]
3
For BW-01.2:
𝑡 ∙ 𝑓𝑑 0.365𝑚 ∙ 2.83𝑀𝑁/𝑚²
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑎𝑥 ≤ = = 344 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
3 3
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 110.75 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 110.75 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ≤ 344 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ✓

For BW-01.3:
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 11.69 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 11.69 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ≤ 344 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ✓

Note:
If the verification for the minimum design value is fulfilled, but the maximum not, it means, the
basement wall is overcompressed highly. In this case, a joint analysis should be taken into
account and the verification should be considered using approach according to DIN EN 1996-
1-1, section 6.1.2.1. The equations to determine the moment in appendix NA.C can not be
used for this case with earth pressure (column 1b in Figure 6.6 is not applied with lateral loads).
Thus, a static program should be used to calculate the internal forces.

Figure 6.5 Frame system of a basement wall using joint analysis

(Source: Mauerwerk 17 (2013), Heft 3)

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 124

Figure 6.6 Simplified frame system using joint analysis [8]

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 125

6.2 Verification of basement walls according to DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA (general method)

For designing basement walls subject to lateral earth pressure with the genereal verification
method, nearly the same boundary conditions as in simplified calculation method has to be
fulfilled. There is only one difference: The simplified calculation method is based on an earth
pressure coefficient of ≤ 1/3 and can only be used for earth with that specific value. While in
the gerenal verification method the earth pressure coefficient can be chosen realistically for
each type of earth. In general, the load bearing capacity of the basement wall will be higher
using the general verification method, since the verification considers the load bearing
behaviour more realistic.
General method to verify the stability of the basement wall under lateral pressure
Verification of unreinforced masonry walls subjected to vertical load
➢ Verification at the top, bottom, and mid height of the wall
➢ Consideration of the slenderness of the wall
➢ Consideration of the eccentricity of the vertical loads
Lower design values of the axial load acting on the wall at the mid height of the fill:
𝑘𝑖 ∙ 𝜌𝑒 ∙ ℎ ∙ ℎ𝑒2
𝑛1,𝑑,𝑖𝑛𝑓 ≥ 𝑛1,𝑙𝑖𝑚,𝑑 = [𝑘𝑁 / 𝑚]
7.8 ∙ 𝑡
Upper design value of the wall axial load acting on the wall at the mid height of the fill:
𝑛1,𝐸𝑑,𝑠𝑢𝑝 ≤ 𝑛1,𝑅𝑑 = 0.33 ∙ 𝑓𝑑 ∙ 𝑡 [𝑘𝑁 / 𝑚]

with:
ki Relevant earth pressure coefficient
• k0 in case of at-rest earth pressure component
• ka for the horizontal active earth pressure component
• kp in case of passive earth pressure.

If the basement wall is stiffened by cross walls or or other structural elements at a distance b
so that a two-way load transfer is possible, the lower value n1,lim d may be reduced as follows
(intermediate values may be interpolated):
1
𝑛1,𝐸𝑑,𝑖𝑛𝑓 ≥ 𝑛 [𝑘𝑁/𝑚] 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑏 ≤ ℎ
2 1,𝑙𝑖𝑚,𝑑
𝑛1,𝐸𝑑,𝑖𝑛𝑓 ≥ 𝑛1,𝑙𝑖𝑚,𝑑 [𝑘𝑁/𝑚] 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑏 ≥ 2ℎ

Verification of unreinforced masonry walls subjected to lateral loading

➢ Verification of the flexural resistance of the wall
➢ Approach of the flexural strength perpendicular to the bed joints
➢ The flexural strength parallel to the bed joints is not considered.
Using general method to verify the stability of the basement wall under lateral pressure:

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 126

➢ two-way load transfer can be applied

➢ lateral shear (out-of-plane) under minimum superimposed load should always be
verified

An example problem: basement wall BW-01.02

6.2.1.1 Internal forces of the basement walls
For BW-01.02:
The axial forces at the bottom, top and mid height of the basement wall BW-01.02 are
determined in section 6.1.1.1:
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 71.18 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 63.87 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 67.53 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝑄𝑘 = 13.06𝑘𝑁/𝑚

Design values of the internal axial forces:

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 115.68𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 105.81 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 110.75 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑘𝑖 = 0.35 , for detail see section 6.2.1.1

𝑒𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 𝛾𝑄 ∙ 𝑘𝑖 ∙ 𝑞𝑘 + 𝛾𝐺,𝐸0 ∙ 𝑘𝑖 ∙ 𝜌𝑒 ∙ (ℎ𝑒 − ℎ)
5.0𝑘𝑁 20𝑘𝑁
= 1.5 ∙ 0.35 ∙ 2
+ 1.35 ∙ 0.35 ∙ ∙ (2.6 − 2.6) = 2.63 𝑘𝑁/𝑚²
𝑚 𝑚3
5.0𝑘𝑁 20𝑘𝑁
𝑒𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 𝛾𝑄 ∙ 𝑘𝑖 ∙ 𝑞𝑘 + 𝛾𝐺,𝐸0 ∙ 𝑘𝑖 ∙ 𝜌𝑒 ∙ ℎ𝑒 = 1.5 ∙ 0.35 ∙ + 1.35 ∙ 0.35 ∙ ∙ 2.6
𝑚2 𝑚3
= 27.20 𝑘𝑁/𝑚²

𝑣𝐸𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 1/6 ∙ (2 ∙ 𝑒𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 + 𝑒𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 ) ∙ ℎ = 14.07 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑣𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 1/6 ∙ (𝑒𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 + 2 ∙ 𝑒𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 ) ∙ ℎ = 24.71 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 127

vEd,top

he

vEd,bottom

Figure 6.7 Earth pressure on basement wall ([26])

6.2.1.2 Design value of the masonry compressive strength

𝑓𝑘 = 4.5 𝑁/𝑚𝑚² for the masonry wall made of compressive strength class of units 10 and
general purpose masonry mortar M5, see also Table 4.1.
Design compressive strength is given by:
𝜁 ∙ 𝑓𝑘 0.85 ∙ 4.5
𝑓𝑑 = = = 2.83 𝑁/𝑚𝑚²
𝛾𝑀 1.5

6.2.1.3 Check the conditions for using the general method according to DIN EN 1996-
1-1/NA
For the basement wall BW-01.02, which is subjected to lateral earth pressure, the given
conditions to use the general method according to DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA are fulfilled, see also
section 6.1.1.3.

6.2.1.4 Determination of the lower value for the acting axial force at the mid height of
the fill
Lower design values of the axial load acting on the wall at the mid height of the fill can be
calculated using the equation:
𝑘𝑖 ∙ 𝜌𝑒 ∙ ℎ ∙ ℎ𝑒2
𝑛1,𝑑,𝑖𝑛𝑓 ≥ 𝑛1,𝑙𝑖𝑚,𝑑 = [𝑘𝑁 / 𝑚]
7.8 ∙ 𝑡

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 128

𝑘𝑖 ∙ 𝜌𝑒 ∙ ℎ ∙ ℎ𝑒2 0.35 ∙ 20𝑘𝑁/𝑚³ ∙ 2.6𝑚 ∙ (2.6𝑚)2

𝑛1,𝑙𝑖𝑚,𝑑 = = = 43.21 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
7.8 ∙ 𝑡 7.8 ∙ 0.365
b = 6.0m
h = 2.6 m
→ 𝑏 ≥ 2ℎ
→ 𝑛1,𝐸𝑑,𝑖𝑛𝑓 ≥ 𝑛1,𝑙𝑖𝑚,𝑑

𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 67.53 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛1,𝐸𝑑,𝑖𝑛𝑓 = 67.53 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ≥ 𝑛1,𝑙𝑖𝑚,𝑑 = 43.21 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ✓

6.2.1.5 Determination of the upper value for the acting axial force at the mid height of
the fill
Upper design value of the wall axial load acting on the wall at the mid height of the fill can
be calculated using the equation:
𝑛1,𝐸𝑑,𝑠𝑢𝑝 ≤ 𝑛1,𝑅𝑑 = 0.33 ∙ 𝑓𝑑 ∙ 𝑡 [𝑘𝑁/𝑚]

𝑛1,𝑅𝑑 = 0.33 ∙ 𝑓𝑑 ∙ 𝑡 = 0.33 ∙ 2.83 𝑀𝑁/𝑚² ∙ 0.365𝑚 = 341[𝑘𝑁/𝑚]

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 110.75 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛1,𝐸𝑑,𝑠𝑢𝑝 = 110.75 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ≤ 𝑛1,𝑅𝑑 = 341 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ✓

Verification for lateral shear loading (out-of-plane)

For masonry under horizontal loads perpendicular to the wall plane, the shear resistance may
be verified for the failure due to friction of the bed joints according DIN EN 1996-1-1, section
6.2 with the following equation:
1
𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 = ∙𝑡 ∙𝑓 ∙𝑙
𝑐 𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑑
𝑉𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 ≥ 𝑉𝐸𝑑
6.2.2.1 Compressed cross-sectional area
Compressed wall thickness for long term effects due to earth pressure:
𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 71.18 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝑡𝑐 = = = 0.025 𝑚
𝑓𝑑 2.83 𝑀𝑁/𝑚²
3 3
𝑡𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 = ∙ 𝑡𝑐 = ∙ 0.025 = 0.0375 𝑚
2 2
1.25 ∙ 𝑡𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 = 1.25 ∙ 0.0375 = 0.0468𝑚
𝑡𝑐𝑎𝑙 = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 { = 0.0468𝑚
𝑡 = 0.365𝑚
Note: for the bottom of the wall: 𝑡𝑐𝑎𝑙 = 1.25 ∙ 𝑡𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 , otherwise 𝑡𝑐𝑎𝑙 = 𝑡𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 (see NA.15 in DIN
EN 1996-1-1/NA)

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 129

6.2.2.2 Shear strength for lateral shear load

According to DIN EN 1996-1-1, section 3.6.2 the friction coefficient is assumed with μ = 0.6 for
lateral shear loads (out-of-plane), because a rotating of the masonry units (in comparison to
shear load (in-plane)) does not occur here.
For non-mortared perpend joints:
2
𝑓𝑣𝑙𝑡 = ∙ 𝑓 + 0.6 ∙ 𝜎𝐷𝑑
3 𝑣𝑘0
→ 𝑓𝑣𝑘0 = 0.18 𝑁/𝑚𝑚2 (general purpose mortar M5), see also Table 5.6

𝑁𝐸𝑑 𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 71.18 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝜎𝐷𝑑 = = = = 1.89 𝑀𝑁/𝑚²
𝐴 𝑡𝑐,𝑙𝑖𝑛 0.0375 𝑚

As a conservative approach non-mortared perpend-joint are assumed for the characteristic

shear strength:
2 2
𝑓𝑣𝑙𝑡 = ∙ 𝑓𝑣𝑘0 + 0.6 ∙ 𝜎𝐷𝑑 = ∙ 0.18 + 0.6 ∙ 1.89 = 1.254 𝑀𝑁/𝑚²
3 3

Design shear strength:

1.254
𝑓𝑣𝑑 = = 0.836 𝑀𝑁/𝑚²
1.50
with 𝛾𝑀 = 1.50

6.2.2.3 Verification of the lateral shear force bearing capacity

1 1 0.836𝑀𝑁
𝑣𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 = ∙ 𝑡𝑐𝑎𝑙 ∙ 𝑓𝑣𝑑 = ∙ 0.0468𝑚 ∙ = 26.08 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝑐 1.5 𝑚2
𝑣𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 24.71 𝑘𝑁/𝑚²
𝑘𝑁
𝑣𝑅𝑑𝑙𝑡 = 26.08 𝑚
≥ 𝑣𝐸𝑑 = 24.71 𝑘𝑁/𝑚² ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 130

6.3 Verification of basement walls using the approach of the arching action
According to [25], an approach of the arch action can be described as follows:
𝑀𝐸𝑑
min 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 =
𝑓
whereby, f is rise of an arch due to the arching action, see also Figure 6.9.
The verification can be determined using the equation:
1 1 ℎ 𝑁𝐸𝑑
𝑀𝐸𝑑 ≤ 𝑀𝑅𝑑 = ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑 ∙ 𝑓 = ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑 ∙ (𝑡 − − )
𝛾𝑀𝑜𝑑 𝛾𝑀𝑜𝑑 450 𝑙 ∙ 𝑓𝑑
The solution of the equation above for 𝑁𝐸𝑑 can be rewrited as:

2
1 𝜆 1 𝜆 𝛾𝑀𝑜𝑑 ∙ 𝑀𝐸𝑑
min 𝑁𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 = 𝑡 ∙ 𝑙 ∙ 𝑓𝑑 ∙ [ ∙ (1 − )− √ ∙( − 1) − 2 ]
2 450 4 450 𝑡 ∙ 𝑙 ∙ 𝑓𝑑

or

2
1 𝜆 1 𝜆 𝛾𝑀𝑜𝑑 ∙ 𝑚𝐸𝑑
min 𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 = 𝑡 ∙ 𝑓𝑑 ∙ [ ∙ (1 − )−√ ∙( − 1) − ]
2 450 4 450 𝑡 2 ∙ 𝑓𝑑

whereas,
ℎ
𝜆= 𝑎𝑠 𝑠𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠
𝑡
𝛾𝑀𝑜𝑑 = 1.1

Here, also the lateral shear loading needs to check, using the equation:
𝛾𝑀 ∙ 𝑐 ∙ 𝑣𝐸𝑑 𝛾𝑀 . 𝑣𝐸𝑑
min 𝑁𝐺𝑘,𝑠ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑟 = ≤
𝑓 𝜇
𝜇 + 1.5 ∙ 1.25 ∙ 𝑣𝑘0
𝑓𝑘
where:
𝑐 factor for the shear stress distribution; c = 1.5 for shear perpendicular to the wall plane
𝜇=0.6 friction coefficient for lateral shear loads, because a rotating of the masonry units (in
comparison to shear load (in-plane)) does not occur here
The verification is fulfilled, if the minimum axial loading is greater than both axial forces due to
bending and shear:
min 𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔
𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑛𝐸𝑑 = 𝑛𝐺𝑘 ≥ {
min 𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑠ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑟

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 131

Figure 6.8 Basement wall according to DIN EN 1996-3 ([25])

thrust linie

water
level

hydrostatic earth
pressure pressure

Figure 6.9 Approach of arching action ([25])

An example problem: basement wall BW-01.02

6.3.1.1 Internal forces of the basement walls
For BW-01.02:
The axial forces at the bottom, top and mid height of the basement wall BW-01.02 are
determined in section 6.1.1.1:
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 71.18 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 63.87 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 67.53 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝑄𝑘 = 13.06𝑘𝑁/𝑚

Design values of the internal axial forces:

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 115.68𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 105.81 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑛𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 110.75 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 132

𝑒𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 2.63 𝑘𝑁/𝑚²

𝑒𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 27.20 𝑘𝑁/𝑚²

𝑣𝐸𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 14.07 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑣𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 24.71 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

(2 ∙ 𝑒𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 + 𝑒𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 )/√3

𝜉0 =
𝑒𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 ∙ √3 + √𝑒𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 2 + 𝑒𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 ∙ 𝑒𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 + 𝑒𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 2
(2 ∙ 2.63 + 27.20)/√3
= = 0.57
2.63 ∙ √3 + √2.632 + 2.63 ∙ 27.20 + 27.202
𝑒𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 𝑒𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 − 𝑒𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝
𝑚𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = ( + ∙ 𝜉0 ) ∙ 𝜉0 2 ∙ 𝑙 2
2 3
2.63 27.20 − 2.63
=( + ∙ 0.57) ∙ 0.572 ∙ 2.602 = 13.14𝑘𝑁𝑚/𝑚
2 3
(For the equations to determine the internal forces: see also Schneider-Bautabelle)

6.3.1.2 Design value of the masonry compressive strength

𝑓𝑘 = 4.5 𝑁/𝑚𝑚² for the masonry wall made of compressive strength class of units 10 and
general purpose masonry mortar M5, see also Table 4.1.
Design compressive strength is given by:
𝜁 ∙ 𝑓𝑘 0.85 ∙ 4.5
𝑓𝑑 = = = 2.83 𝑁/𝑚𝑚²
𝛾𝑀 1.5
6.3.1.3 Slenderness
ℎ 2.6
𝜆= = = 7.12
𝑡 0.365

6.3.1.4 Verification for bending (out-of-plane)

2
1 𝜆 1 𝜆 𝛾𝑀𝑜𝑑 ∙ 𝑚𝐸𝑑
min 𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 = 𝑡 ∙ 𝑓𝑑 ∙ [ ∙ (1 − )−√ ∙( − 1) − ]
2 450 4 450 𝑡 2 ∙ 𝑓𝑑

2
1 7.12 1 7.12 1.1 ∙ 13.14
= 0.365 ∙ 2.83 ∙ 103 [ ∙ (1 − )−√ ∙( − 1) − ]
2 450 4 450 0.3652 ∙ 2.83 ∙ 103
= 41.97 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 67.53 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑛𝐸𝑑 = 𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 67.53 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ≥ min 𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 = 41.97 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
6 Basement walls 133

6.3.1.5 Verification for lateral shear loading (out-of-plane)

𝛾𝑀 ∙ 𝑐 ∙ 𝑣𝐸𝑑 1.5 ∙ 1.5 ∙ 24.71 83.37𝑘𝑁
min 𝑁𝐺𝑘,𝑠ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑟 = = =
𝑓 0.18 𝑚
𝜇 + 1.5 ∙ 1.25 ∙ 𝑣𝑘0 0.6 + 1.5 ∙ 1.25 ∙ 4.5
𝑓𝑘
𝛾𝑀 ∙ 𝑣𝐸𝑑 1.5 ∙ 24.71
≤ = = 61.85 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝜇 0.6
𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 71.18 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝑘𝑁
𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑛𝐸𝑑 = 𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 71.18 𝑚
≥ min 𝑛𝐺𝑘,𝑠ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑟 = 61.85 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 134

7. Non-loadbearing walls and special components

For the dimensioning of non-loadbearing walls, the following checks can be made:

Non-loadbearing exterior walls Non-loadbearing interior walls

➢ Transfer their own weight and the ➢ Partition walls having no

wind loads acting on their surface structural tasks for the whole
to the adjacent load-bearing structure, not even for building
structural components bracing, carrying no stresses from
wind.
➢ Verification: Maximum permissible
values of the infill area of non- ➢ Verification: Limiting dimensions
loadbearing exterior walls for walls (wall length), depending
according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA on wall thickness, wall height,
without calculation, depending on number of restrained edges and
wall thickness the superimposed vertical load
➢ Fulfilled additional conditions given ➢ Fulfilled additional conditions given
in DIN EN 1996-3/NA in DIN EN 1996-3/NA

7.1 Verification of non-loadbearing exterior walls in accordance with DIN EN 1996-3 /

NA - Annex C
For designing non-loadbearing walls, the following conditions should be fulfilled:
• Walls are restrained on four edges by the adjoining structural members
• Masonry units: at least the compression strength class 4 of the masonry unit.
• Overlap of masonry units lol ≥ 0.4 ∙ hu is required for masonry of high precision masonry
elements
• Applied to general purpose masonry mortar of at least group M5 and thin-layer
masonry mortar
• Building having a height above ground level of max. 20 m
• No superimposed vertical load required (ohne Auflast)
• Fulfil the maximum permissible values of the infill area

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 135

Figure 7.1 Non-loadbearing walls: exterior walls ([26])

Table 7.1 Maximum permissible values of the infill area of non-loadbearing exterior
walls according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA without calculation

1 2 3 4 5
1), 2)
Maximum permissible values of the infill area in m² for
a height above ground level of
Wall
thickness 0 m to 8 m 8 m to 20 m3)
t h/l ≥ 2.0
h/l ≥ 2.0
[mm] h/l = 1.0 or h/l = 1.0 or
h/l ≤ 0.5
h/l ≤ 0.5
1153), 4) 12 8 - -
1504) 12 8 8 5
175 20 14 13 9
240 36 25 23 16
≥ 300 50 33 35 23
1)
For aspect ratios 0.5 < h/l <1.0 and 1.0 < h/l < 2.0,
Intermediate values of the infill areas can be interpolated linearly.
2)
The values given above is applied to general purpose masonry mortar of at least
group M5 and thin-layer masonry mortar
3)
In WLZ 4 only permitted inland.
4)
When using masonry units of strength classes ≥ 12, the values of the infill areas
can be enlarged by about 33% (it means increasing by 1/3 more).

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 136

An example problem: gable wall GW-01

Figure 7.2 Position of the gable wall GW-01

7.1.1.1 Check the conditions for using the simplified method according to DIN EN 1996-
3/NA – Annex C
For designing non-loadbearing exterior walls the following conditions must be fulfilled:

➢ Walls are restrained on four edges by the adjoining structural members ✓

➢ Masonry units: at least the compression strength class 4 of the masonry unit ✓

➢ Overlap of masonry units lol ≥ 0.4 ∙ hu is required for masonry of high precision ✓
masonry elements

➢ Applied to general purpose masonry mortar of at least group M5 and thin-layer ✓

masonry mortar

➢ Building having a height above ground level of max. 20 m ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 137

➢ No superimposed vertical load required (ohne Auflast) ✓

➢ Fulfil the maximum permissible values of the infill area ✓

7.1.1.2 Verification
𝑡 = 0.365𝑚
ℎ = 3.50𝑚
Exterior walls: compressive strength class 10
General-purpose mortar: compressive strength class M5
Infill area of a trapezoidal shape is given by:
(10.67 − 9.80) + (13.20 − 9.8)
𝐴1 = 𝐴2 = ∙ 4.50 = 9.6𝑚²
2
Height above ground level
𝐻𝑡𝑜𝑝 + 𝐻𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 13.20 + 9.80
𝐻= = = 11.5𝑚
2 2
Ratio
ℎ 3.50
= = 0.78
𝑙 4.50
➔ Maximum permissible value of the infill area = 29.72 m² (interpolated) > 9.6m² ✓
Note: When using masonry units of strength classes ≥ 12, the values of the infill areas can be
enlarged by about 33% (it means increasing by 1/3 more).

Table 7.2 Maximum permissible values of the infill area of non-loadbearing exterior
walls according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA without calculation

1 2 3 4 5
1), 2)
Maximum permissible values of the infill area in m² for
a height above ground level of
Wall
thickness 0 m to 8 m 8 m to 20 m3)
t h/l ≥ 2.0
h/l ≥ 2.0
[mm] h/l = 1.0 or h/l = 1.0 or
h/l ≤ 0.5
h/l ≤ 0.5
1153), 4) 12 8 - -
1504) 12 8 8 5
175 20 14 13 9
240 36 25 23 16
≥ 300 50 33 35 23

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 138

7.2 Verification of non-loadbearing interior walls in accordance with DIN EN 1996-3 /

NA - Annex B
To use the verification according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA – Annex B, the provided conditions in
the following shoud be met:
• Wall length l ≤ 12 m; clear wall height h ≤ 6 m
• Minimum wall thickness t ≥ 11.5 cm
• Horizontal action hEd ≤ 0.5 kN/m
• The wall should not have any vertical effects other than its own weight
• The wall is not used as a support for heavy objects such as furniture, sanitary or heating
equipment.
• The stability of the wall should not be affected by deformations of other components
• Effects of openings (Aopening > 0.025 ∙ Awall ) should be taken into account
• The largest area of a single opening is not greater than 0.1 m² and the length or width
of a single opening is not greater than 0.5 m.

Figure 7.3 Non-loadbearing walls: interior walls ([26])

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 139

Limiting height and length to thickness ratios of non-loadbearing internal walls under limited
horizontal loading

• Type (a): Wall restrained on all four edges

• Type (b): Wall restrained at the bottom, the top and one vertical edge

• Type (c): Wall restrained at the edges, the bottom, but not the top

• Type (d): Wall restrained only at the top and bottom edge
Figure 7.4 Limitation of wall dimensions of non-loadbearing interior walls [26]

The following restrictions should be considered for openings:

➢ Wall type (a) with opening shall be considered as wall type (b), where l is the
greater of l1 and l2
➢ For wall type (c) with opening this annex is not applicable.
➢ For wall type (d) with openings, this annex is applicable for the left, the middle
and the right part of the wall if l3 ≥ 2/3 ∙ l and l3 ≥ 2/3 ∙ h

Figure 7.5 Wall with one opening: left: type (a); right: type (d)

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 140

Tables for limiting dimension according to Mauerwerkskalender 1986 [12]

The publication of Kirtschig in Mauerwerkskalender 1986 [12] printed Table 7.3 - Table 7.5,
which gives limiting dimensions for non-loadbearing interior walls. Even so all tables deal with
non-loadbearing walls Kirtschig differs between walls with and without vertical loads. This is
due to the fact that in some cases the non-loadbearing masonry walls are completely
separated from the slab above, so that no load transfer at all is possible. While in other cases
the non-loadbearing masonry walls are masoned up to the slab and due to creep deformations,
the wall receives a vertical load.
Table 7.3 Limiting dimensions for walls supported on four edges without
superimposed vertical load2),3) and walls supported on three edges with a
free vertical edge*) according to [12]
Max. Wall length in m in installation area I (upper value) / installation area II (lower value)
Wall Wall height in m
thickness cm
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5  6.0
3.0 3.5 4.0 - - -
5.01)
1.5 2.0 2.5 - - -
4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 - -
6.01)
2.5 3.0 3.5 - - -
5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 -
7.01)
3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 -
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 -
9.01)
3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 -
7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 -
10.01)
5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 -
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 -
11.5
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 -
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
17.5
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
24.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0

Table 7.4 Limiting dimensions for walls supported on four edges with
superimposed vertical load2),3) and walls supported on three edges with a
free vertical edge*) according to [12]
Max. Wall length in m in installation area I (upper value)/ installation area II (lower value)
Wall Wall height in m
thickness cm
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5  6.0
5.5 6.0 6.5 - - -
5.01)
2.5 3.0 3.5 - - -
6.0 6.5 7.0 - - -
6.01)
4.0 4.5 5.0 - - -
1) 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 - -
7.0
5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 -
1) 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 -
9.0
7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 -
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 -
10.01)
8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 -
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 -
11.5/15.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 -
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
≥ 17.5
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
1) For calcium silicate units (dry units must be pre-moistened), the specified values apply when using
general purpose masonry mortar M 10 or thin-layer masonry mortar for wall thicknesses < 11.5 cm. For
wall thicknesses ≥ 11.5 cm, use at least general-purpose masonry mortar M 5 or thin-layer masonry
mortar.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 141

2) For autoclaved aerated concrete blocks, the specified values apply when using general purpose mortar
M 10 or thin-layer mortar. For wall thicknesses < 17.5 cm and use of M 2.5 or M 5, the values for the
permissible wall lengths must be halved.
3) The mortaring of perpend joints can be dispensed with under certain conditions. For walls without
perpend joint mortaring with l/h < 2, only a half of the values from this table is used.
*) For walls restrained top and bottom and stiffened on one vertical edge with the other vertical edge
free, only a half of the values in table is applied

Table 7.5 Limiting dimensions for walls supported on three edges and a free upper
edge (top of the wall) without superimposed vertical load2),3) according to
[12]
Max. Wall length in m in installation area I (upper value)/ installation area II (lower value)
Wall
thickness Wall height in m
cm 2.00 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 ≤ 6.00
3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 - - -
5.01)
1.5 2.0 2.5 - - - - -
5.0 5.5 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 - -
6.01) 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 - - -
7.0 7.5 8.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 -
7.01)
3.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 -
8.0 8.5 9.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 -
9.01) 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 -
8.0 9.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 -
10.01)
5.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 -
11.5 8.0 9.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 -
15.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 -
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
≥ 17.5
8.0 9.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
1) For calcium silicate units (dry units must be pre-moistened), the specified values apply when using general
purpose masonry mortar M 10 or thin-layer masonry mortar for wall thicknesses < 11.5 cm. For wall
thicknesses ≥ 11.5 cm, use at least general-purpose masonry mortar M 5 or thin-layer masonry mortar.
2) For autoclaved aerated concrete blocks, the specified values apply when using general purpose mortar
M 10 or thin-layer mortar. For wall thicknesses < 17.5 cm and use of M 2.5 or M 5, the values for the
permissible wall lengths must be halved.
3) The mortaring of perpend joints can be dispensed with under certain conditions

Table 7.6 Limiting dimensions for walls supported on four edges without
superimposed vertical load2),3) and walls supported on three edges with a
free vertical edge*) according to [12]
Max. Wall length in m in installation area I (upper value) / installation area II (lower value)
Wall Wall height in m
thickness cm
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5  6.0
3.0 3.5 4.0 - - -
5.01)
1.5 2.0 2.5 - - -
4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 - -
6.01)
2.5 3.0 3.5 - - -
5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 -
7.01)
3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 -
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 -
9.01)
3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 -
7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 -
10.01)
5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 -
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 -
11.5
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 -
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
17.5
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
24.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 142

An example problem: non-loadbearing interior wall n.-lb. mw-01

Non-loadbearing masonry wall:
Wall thickness t = 11.5 cm

Figure 7.6 Non-loadbearing masonry wall n-lb. mw-01

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 143

Figure 7.7 Non-loadbearing masonry wall n-lb. mw-01 with openings (1.0m x 2.0m)

7.2.1.1 Check the conditions for using the simplified method according to DIN EN 1996-
3/NA – Annex B
For designing non-loadbearing interior walls the following conditions must be fulfilled:

➢ Wall length l ≤ 12 m; clear wall height h ≤ 6 m ✓

➢ Minimum wall thickness t ≥ 11.5 cm ✓

➢ Horizontal action hEd ≤ 0.5 kN/m ✓

➢ The wall should not have any vertical effects other than its own weight ✓

➢ The wall is not used as a support for heavy objects such as furniture, sanitary or ✓
heating equipment

➢ The stability of the wall should not be affected by deformations of other ✓

components

➢ Effects of openings (Aopening > 0.025 ∙ Awall ) should be taken into account ✓

➢ The largest area of a single opening is not greater than 0.1 m² and the length or
width of a single opening is not greater than 0.5 m
➔ Wall type (a) with opening shall be considered as wall type (b), where l is the
greater of l1 and l2 see Figure 7.5.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 144

7.2.1.2 Verification
𝑡 = 0.115𝑚
ℎ = 3.0𝑚
Interior walls: compressive strength class 12; perforated clay masonry units
General-purpose mortar: compressive strength class M5
Wall type (b): walls supported on three edges with a free vertical edge), where l is the greater
of l1 and l2 see Figure 7.5.:
𝑙1 = 2.10𝑚 + 0.50𝑚 = 2.60 𝑚
𝑙2 = 1.20𝑚 + 0.50𝑚 = 1.70 𝑚
𝑙 = max(2.60𝑚; 1.70𝑚) = 2.60𝑚

For the middle part of the wall if l3 ≥ 2/3 ∙ l and l3 ≥ 2/3 ∙ h, it needs to consider as wall type (d),
but in this case, no consideration is needed, since:
2 2 2
𝑙3 = 0.52𝑚 < ∙ 𝑙 = ∙ (0.52 + 0.5 + 0.5) = 1.0𝑚 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑙3 < ∙ 3.0𝑚 = 2.0𝑚
3 3 3

Installation area 1: residential area

Ratio
𝑙 2.60
= = 22.6
𝑡 0.115
ℎ
𝑡
= 67 → ℎ𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 7.71𝑚 > ℎ = 3.0𝑚 ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
7 Non-loadbearing walls and special components 145

Alternative:

Table 7.7 Limiting dimensions for walls supported on four edges without
superimposed vertical load2),3) and walls supported on three edges with a
free vertical edge*) according to [12]
Max. Wall length in m in installation area I (upper value) / installation area II (lower value)
Wall Wall height in m
thickness cm
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5  6.0
3.0 3.5 4.0 - - -
5.01)
1.5 2.0 2.5 - - -
4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 - -
6.01)
2.5 3.0 3.5 - - -
5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 -
7.01)
3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 -
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 -
9.01)
3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 -
7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 -
10.01)
5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 -
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 -
11.5
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 -
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
17.5
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
24.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0

For walls restrained top and bottom and stiffened on one vertical edge with the other vertical
edge free, only a half of the values in table is applied. Therefore,
10
➔ 𝑙𝑚𝑎𝑥. 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒 = 2
= 5.0𝑚 > 𝑙 = 2.60𝑚 ✓

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 146

8. Structural fire design

In Germany, structural fire design of masonry is carried out in a simplified way using tabulated
minimum wall thicknesses depending on the load level in fire.
The verification of the fire resistance of masonry according to the national technical approval
as well as the verification according to code, are generally performed following to the same
principle. Using a load level in fire 𝛼𝑓𝑖 (standard case according to national technical approval,
also in DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA only for calcium silicate masonry) or 𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 (standard case in DIN
EN 1996-1-2/NA), the required minimum wall thickness can be read from tables depending on
the performance criteria and the fire resistance duration to be maintained.
According to MBO (Musterbauordnung), the requirements on fire protection are given as
shown in Table 8.1.

Table 8.1 Fire protection according to MBO 2002 (Musterbauordnung – MBO)

Building category (Gebäudeklasse)

1 2 3 4 5

detached detached not detached other building OKF ≤ 13m and 13m<OKF ≤ 22m
used for OKF ≤ OKF ≤ 7m and OKF ≤ 7m ≤ 400 m² each unit or
agriculture 7m and ≤ 2 units (NE) (Nutzungseinheit – > 400 m² each
or forestry ≤ 2 units and NE) unit
(NE) and ≤ 400 m² in total
≤ 400 m²
in total

Building regulation requirements according to MBO 2002 (Musterbauordnung – MBO)

(load-bearing and stiffening walls, columns, partition walls, ceilings between usage units (NE))

fire-retardant highly fire-retardant fire-resistant

no requirements
(feuerhemmend) (hochfeuerhemmend) (feuerbeständig)

Higher requirements (hochfeuerbeständig / höchstfeuerbeständig) are not included in MBO.

For specific buildings such as high-rise buildings over 22 m, schools, hospitals, etc., the special
requirements must be observed.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 147

Requirements for building components:

➢ For fire-resistant building components, the fire resistance duration must be 90 mins.
• According to the current MBO, load-bearing and stiffening components must
consist mainly of non-combustible building materials.
• Separating building components must additionally be equipped with a
continuous layer of non-combustible building materials (fire protection cladding)
at the building component level.
➢ The fire resistance duration of highly fire-retardant building components must be 60
minutes.
• Load-bearing and bracing components may be made of combustible building
materials, but must then be clad on all sides with a fire-protection-effective
cladding of non-combustible building materials (fire protection cladding).
• The insulating materials must also be non-combustible. There are also
exceptions to this in individual state building regulations.
➢ Fire-retardant building components must resist fire for 30 minutes. All parts may be
made of combustible building materials.

8.1 Assessment methods in DIN EN 1996-1-2 - Tabulated data

Assessment methods in DIN EN 1996-1-2: Tabulated data (based on experience and/or test)
• non-Ioadbearing internal walls
• non-Ioadbearing external walls
• loadbearing internal walls with separating or non-separating functions
• loadbearing external walls with separating or non-separating functions
Assessment by tabulated data (Annex B) in EC6 general for six different types of walls
➢ non-loadbearing separating (criteria EI) walls which normally show the highest fire
resistance
➢ loadbearing separating (criteria REI) walls, where the fire resistance can depend on
the level of the applied load
➢ loadbearing, non-separating walls (criterion R) with fire from all sides. In the case of
very slender walls this might improve the fire performance due to a decreased
deflection but might as well lead to an earlier failure following an increased reduction
of the cross-section due to deterioration of the surfaces
➢ loadbearing, non-separating columns (length ≤ 1,0 m) (criterion R) which can be even
more vulnerable than non-separating walls
➢ loadbearing separating fire walls (criteria REI-M) with an additional mechanical impact
of 3000 Nm applied three times after a defined time of exposure to the uniform
temperature curve
➢ double leaf walls with one leaf loaded (criteria REI), a requirement mainly from the
United Kingdom

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 148

Assessment by tabulated data (Annex B) in DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA:

Minimum thickness for fire resistance classifications
For the greater clarity of the following is a list of the sections NA.B.X and Tables NA.B.X.Y of
Annex B.
The sections in Annex B are separated into the different types of masonry materials
➢ Section NA.B.1 Clay masonry
➢ Section NA.B.2 Calcium-silicate masonry
➢ Section NA.B.3 Dense and lightweight aggregate concrete masonry
➢ Section NA.B.4 Autoclaved aerated concrete masonry
and within these types into other important influencing parameters such as density, percentage
of voids, applied masonry mortar and finishes (plaster).
Tables for loadbearing masonry contain different lines for loading level of 60% and 100%. The
loading level 𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 may not exceed the value of 0.7 due to the verification format used in case
of fire in EC 6.
In DIN EN 19961-1-2/NA, for each masonry type (sections NA.B.X), there are 5 tables available
for the following cases, Table Y:
1) Minimum thickness of separating non-loadbearing walls (criteria EI) for fire resistance
classifications
2) Minimum thickness of separating loadbearing single-leaf walls (criteria REI) for fire
resistance classifications
3) Minimum thickness of non-separating loadbearing single-leaf walls (criteria R) for fire
resistance classifications
4) Minimum length of non-separating loadbearing columns or single leaf walls < 1.0 m in
length (criterion R) for fire resistance classifications
5) Minimum thickness of separating loadbearing and non-loadbearing fire walls (criteria
REI-M and EI-M) for fire resistance classifications

Example: Calcium-silicate masonry with the REI-M requirement is listed in section NA.B.2 in
table NA.B.2.5. An interpolation of the minimum wallthicknesses between the different
utilisation factors is not permissible.

8.2 Verification of masonry walls according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, Annex B

Conditions for using the Table NA.B. in Annex B:
➢ The tabulated values for non-loadbearing walls apply to walls with

• a height ℎ ≤ 6𝑚 (see also DIN EN 1996-3:2010-12, Annex C) and

• a slenderness value 𝜆𝑐 = ℎ𝑒𝑓 /𝑡𝑒𝑓 ≤ 40

➢ The values in the tables cover eccentricities at the mid-height of a wall

𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 ≤ 𝑡𝑓 /6

The design eccentricity in case of fire is always to be limited to 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 ≤ 𝑡𝑓 /6 since the tests
that the table values are based on always consider a fully compressed cross-section. For

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 149

eccentricities 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 > 𝑡𝑓 /6 (or equivalent to 𝑎/𝑡 > 2/3), the constructional detailing should be
such that there is central loading.

Definition of the loading level in fire 𝜶𝟔,𝒇𝒊 (Ausnutzungsfaktor im Brandfall)

According to DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA, for all type of masonry, the loading level in fire can be
determined as follows.
ℎ𝑒𝑓
For 10 ≤ 𝑡
≤ 25:

15 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖
𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 = 𝜔 ∙ ∙ 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖
ℎ𝑒𝑓 𝑓𝑘
25 − 𝑡 𝑙 ∙ 𝑡 ∙ 𝑘 ∙ (1 − 2 ∙ 𝑡 )
0
ℎ𝑒𝑓
For 𝑡
< 10:

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖
𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 = 𝜔 ∙ 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖
𝑓𝑘
𝑙 ∙ 𝑡 ∙ ∙ (1 − 2 ∙ 𝑡 )
𝑘0
𝜔 factor to allow for different types of masonry unit in accordance with Table NA.1; it is
based on fire tests (see Table 8.2 below)
𝑙 the wall length
𝑡 the wall thickness
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 the design value of the acting vertical load in fire

ℎ𝑒𝑓 the buckling length of the wall, or also called the effective length of the wall

𝑓𝑘 the characteristic compressive strength of the masonry

𝑘0 factor to allow for wall cross-sections smaller than 0.1m² with 𝑘0 = 1.25;
otherwise 𝑘0 = 1.0
𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 the design eccentricity of 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 at mid-storey height under consideration of creep in
accordance with DIN EN 1996-1-1:2013-02, Equation (6.6); for floors supported over
the full thickness of a wall, 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 may be taken to be zero for designs according to the
simplified method given in DIN EN 1996-3/NA
It means, if the verification of the wall “in the cold case” can be done using the simplified method
according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA, for the verification in case of fire, the eccentricity 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 can
be taken to be zer for full slab support.
According to DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA, Annex B (5), the table values given there cover load
eccentricities up to t/6. Nevertheless, there are no objections to determine the loading level
𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 also for partially supported slabs with a/t ≥ 2/3 using the simplified calculation methods
according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA, if in the equations of determination 𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 above the ratio of
support depth to wall thickness (a/t) is used instead of the bracket expression (1-2∙𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 /t).

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 150

Definition of the loading level in fire 𝜶𝒇𝒊

In case of calcium silicate masonry, an alternative to define the loading level in fire is given.
If lines 1.4 and 1.5 of Table NA.B.2.2, line 2.4 of Table NA.B.2.3 and lines 1.3.1 to 1.3.4 of
Table B.2.4 are used, the loading level 𝛼𝑓𝑖 is determined by:
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖
𝛼𝑓𝑖 =
𝑁𝑅𝑑
where
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 the design value of the acting vertical load in fire

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 = 𝜂𝑓𝑖 ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑

𝑁𝐸𝑑 the design value of the applied vertical load in accordance with DIN EN 1996-1-1 or
DIN EN 1996-3, for normal temperature design, or also called “in the cold case”
𝜂𝑓𝑖 the reduction factor for the design value of the actions in fire
with 𝜂𝑓𝑖 = 0.7 being valid as a simplification without more precise verification of the
reduction factor for the design value of the actions in fire
𝑁𝑅𝑑 the design value of the loadbearing capacity in the cold case. The loadbearing capacity
both according to DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA and also according to DIN EN 1996-3/NA may
be used.

Instead of the simplified assumption of a reduction factor 𝜂𝑓𝑖 = 0.7 for the design load in fire,
more precise determination is also permissible. For this purpose, DIN EN 1996-1-2 provides a
calculation equation that may be used for the reduction factor:
𝐺𝑘 + 𝜓𝑓𝑖 ∙ 𝑄𝑘,1
𝜂𝑓𝑖 =
𝛾𝐺 ∙ 𝐺𝑘 + 𝛾𝑄,1 ∙ 𝑄𝑘,1

with
𝐺𝑘 the characteristic value of a permanent action
𝑄𝑘,1 the principal variable load;

𝛾𝐺 , 𝛾𝑄,1 the partial factor for permanent actions & for variable action 1 respectively

𝜓𝑓𝑖 the combination factor for frequent values, given in function of either 𝜓1,1 or 𝜓2,1. For
the combination factor 𝜓𝑓𝑖 , the value for the frequent combination of actions 𝜓1 should
be used to be on the safe side. Accordingly, 𝜓𝑓𝑖 = 0.5 according to DIN EN 1990/NA,
Tab. NA.1.1 is to be used for live loads in residential and office buildings.
The equation above can also be used without concern if in the determination of the “cold”
effects of actions at the ultimate limit state, the acting vertical load has been determined
according to DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA, Abs. 2.4.2 (NA.2) without consideration of a combination
factor. In this way, depending on the ratio of live and permanent loads, a significant decrease
of the reduction factor for the design value of the actions in fire is possible, as shown in Figure
8.1 below.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 151

Figure 8.1 Variation of the reduction factor 𝜼𝒇𝒊 with the load ration 𝑸𝒌,𝟏 /𝑮𝒌

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 152

Table 8.2 Factor ω to allow for different combinations of masonry units and mortar
(Table NA.1 in DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA)

Relevant table in
DIN EN 1996-1-
Line Material properties Mortar 1/NA:2012-05 or ω
DIN EN 1996-
3/NA:2012-01
Vertically perforated clay masonry
units of types HLzA and HLzB
Clay masonry units for masonry NA.4
1 panels of type T1 NM 2.2
NA.D.1
Perforated calcium-silicate masonry
units & calcium-silicate hollow blocks

Vertically perforated clay masonry

units of type HLzW NA.5
2 NM 1.8
Clay masonry units for masonry NA.D.2
panels of types T2, T3, T4
3.1 NM II 3.3
Solid clay masonry units
NA.6
3.2 Solid calcium-silicate masonry units NM NM IIa 3.0
NA.D.3
and blocks
3.3 NM III, IIIa 2.6
High-precision calcium-silicate
masonry units NA.7
4 DM 2.2a
High-precision calcium-silicate NA.D.4
masonry elements
Clay masonry units NA.8
5 LM 2.2
Calcium-silicate masonry units NA.D.5

6.1 Hbl, Hbn 2.1

6.2 Lightweight concrete and aggregate NA.9 V, Vbl 2.5

NM
concrete units NA.D.6
Vn. Vbn,
6.3 2.8
Vm, Vmb
Solid lightweight concrete units with NA.9
7 NM 2.2
chases of types Vbl S, Vbl SW NA.D.7

Solid or perforated lightweight NA.9

8 LM 2.2b
concrete units NA.D.8

NA.10
9 Autoclaved aerated concrete units DM 2.1
NA.D.9
a
ω = 2.6 for high-precision masonry elements and solid high-precision masonry units of
compressive strength class 28 or higher.
b
ω = 3.0 for solid or perforated lightweight concrete units of compressive strength classes
6 and 8 and for type LM 21 lightweight masonry mortar.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 153

An example problem: interior wall IW-01 on the 1st floor

top of concrete floor

9.8m < 13 m

The four-storey residential building in Heppenheim has each unit (Nutzungseinheit) smaller
than 400 m² and the top of concrete floor of the attic < 13.0 m, therefore it belongs to building
category 4 (GK 4), which should be a highly fire-retardant according to fire protection in MBO
2002 (Musterbauordnung – MBO). Thus, the fire resistance duration of building components
must be at least 60 minutes.
IW-01 is a loadbearing internal wall with non-separating functions
➔ Criterion R 60 (Table NA.B.1.3) in DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA: clay masonry - loadbearing,
non-separating single-leaf wall with fire from all sides

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 154

Figure 8.2 Position of the exterior wall IW-01

The interior wall IW-01 is located at axis B / 1-2. The slab is fully supported over the whole wall
thickness t of IW-01 and therefore it transfers the load centrically into the wall.
Geometry
ℎ = 3.0 𝑚 (clear height)
𝑡 = 0.175 𝑚
𝑙 = 4.63 𝑚
Construction materials
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units: compressive strength class 12

8.2.1.1 Internal forces of the interior wall “in the cold case”
According to Table 5.5 in section 5, the design values of the acting axial forces and the load-
bearing resistance of IW-01 according to different calculation methods are given by:

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 155

Table 8.3 Design values of the acting axial forces and the load-bearing resistance
of IW-01 according to different calculation methods

DIN EN 1996-3 –
Vertical load DIN EN 1996-3 / NA DIN EN 1996-1-1
Annex A / NA
𝜙 = 0.75 𝜙 = 0.9
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝
𝑁𝑅𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 𝑁𝑅𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝
= 1365.04 𝑘𝑁
= 1723.47 𝑘𝑁 = 2068.16 𝑘𝑁
𝜙 = 0.67 𝜙 = 0.72
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 𝜙 = 0.5
𝑁𝑅𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 𝑁𝑅𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑
= 1386.16 𝑘𝑁 𝑁𝑅𝑑 = 1148.98 𝑘𝑁
= 1539.63 𝑘𝑁 = 1631.55 𝑘𝑁
𝜙 = 0.75 𝜙 = 0.9
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚
𝑁𝑅𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 𝑁𝑅𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚
= 1407.28 𝑘𝑁
= 1723.47 𝑘𝑁 = 2068.16 𝑘𝑁
(see Table 5.5 in chapter 5.1.5)
The details of the design values of the acting axial force are shown in section 3.1.1.They are
based on the following components:
𝑁𝑔𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 789.11 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝑞𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 227.99 𝑘𝑁

𝑔𝑘,𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑟 𝑤𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 6.75 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

8.2.1.2 Internal forces of the wall in case of fire

8.2.1.2.1 Design acting force using 𝜂𝑓𝑖 = 0.7
In case of fire, the design acting force can be determined by:
𝐸𝑓𝑖,𝑑 = 𝜂𝑓𝑖 ∙ 𝐸𝑑

𝑁𝐸𝑑 the design value of the applied vertical load in accordance with DIN EN 1996-1-1 or
DIN EN 1996-3
𝜂𝑓𝑖 the reduction factor for the design value of the actions in fire; 𝜂𝑓𝑖 = 0.7 unless a detailed
analysis is performed
Therefore, according to simplified assumption, the design acting axial force is given by:
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 𝜂𝑓𝑖 ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 0.7 ∙ 1365.04 = 955.53 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 𝜂𝑓𝑖 ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 0.7 ∙ 1386.16 = 970.31 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 𝜂𝑓𝑖 ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 0.7 ∙ 1407.28 = 985.10 𝑘𝑁

8.2.1.2.2 Design acting force according to DIN EN 1996-1-2, section 2.4.2

According to DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA, only for calcium-silicate masonry, in some case, an
alternative with the determination 𝛼𝑓𝑖 can be used. However, we just calculate the loading level
𝛼𝑓𝑖 as an example to show, how the calculation is done.

Axial force at the bottom of IW-01 at the 1st floor are based on the following components:
𝑁𝑔𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 789.11 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝑞𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 227.99 𝑘𝑁

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 156

𝑔𝑘,𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑟 𝑤𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 6.75 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑁𝑞𝑘 227.99
= = 0.29
𝑁𝑔𝑘 789.11

𝜓1,1 = 0.5 according to DIN EN 1990/NA, Tab. NA.1.1 is to be used for live loads in residential
buildings.
Thus, the reduction factor for the design value of the actions in fire can be determined using
the diagram:
𝜂𝑓𝑖 = 0.65

In case of fire, the design acting force can be determined by:

𝐸𝑓𝑖,𝑑 = 𝜂𝑓𝑖 ∙ 𝐸𝑑

→𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 𝜂𝑓𝑖 ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 0.65 ∙ 1407.28 = 914.73 𝑘𝑁

In comparison to the exact calculation below using the formula, the value using the diagram is
slightly different due to the accuracy of the readability according to the diagram.

Also, using the load combination (frequent combination of actions) in fire:

𝐸𝑑 = 𝛾𝑔 ∙ 𝐺 + 𝛾𝑞,1 ∙ 𝜓1,1 ∙ 𝑄1 + 𝛾𝑞,𝑖 ∙ 𝜓2,𝑖 ∙ 𝑄𝑖

with
𝛾𝑔 = 1.0

𝛾𝑞,1 = 1.0

𝜓1,1 = 0.5 for residential building

The design value of the acting axial force can be calculated by:
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 1.0 ∙ 𝑁𝑔𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 + 1.0 ∙ 0.5 ∙ 𝑁𝑞𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 1.0 ∙ 789.11 + 1.0 ∙ 0.5 ∙ 227.99
= 903.11 𝑘𝑁 ≈ 914.73 𝑘𝑁
Both cases, using 𝜂𝑓𝑖 = 0.7 or performing a detailed analysis give a small difference of the
acting force in fire 985.10 𝑘𝑁 and 903.11 𝑘𝑁, respectively. The deviation of the results is
around 10%.
TUD – Institut für Massivbau
Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 157

8.2.1.3 Slenderness
From section 2.1.3, the slenderness is given by:
ℎ𝑒𝑓 2.25
𝜆= = = 12.86
𝑡 0.175
whereas, ℎ𝑒𝑓 = 0.75 ∙ 3.0 = 2.25 𝑚

8.2.1.4 Loading level according to DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA:2013-06

According to DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA, the loading level 𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 can be determined by:
ℎ𝑒𝑓
For 10 ≤ ≤ 25:
𝑡

15 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖
𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 = 𝜔 ∙ ∙ 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖
ℎ𝑒𝑓 𝑓𝑘
25 − 𝑡 𝑙 ∙ 𝑡 ∙ 𝑘 ∙ (1 − 2 ∙ 𝑡 )
0

whereas,
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 = 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 985.10 𝑘𝑁

𝜔 = 2.2 since masonry is made of perforated clay masonry units, see also Table 4.1 in section
3 above, which is actually from DIN EN 1996-3/NA, Table NA.D.1.
ℎ𝑒𝑓 = 2.25 𝑚

𝑡 = 0.175 𝑚
𝑙 = 4.63 𝑚
The characteristic compressive strength is given with:
𝑓𝑘 = 5.0 𝑁/𝑚𝑚, see section 3.1.2
𝑘0 = 1.0 , since wall cross-sectional area equals to 𝐴 = 0.175 ∙ 4.63 = 0.810 > 0.1𝑚²
For the interior wall IW-01 on the 1st floor, in the cold case, the simplified methods according
to DIN EN 1996-3/NA are used. And the verification is fulfilled. Therefore, for this wall, having
floor supported over the full thickness of the wall, the eccentricity can be set to be zero. Thus,
𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 = 0

The loading level can be calculated by:

15 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖
𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 = 𝜔 ∙ ∙ 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖
ℎ𝑒𝑓 𝑓𝑘
25 − 𝑡 𝑙 ∙ 𝑡 ∙ 𝑘 ∙ (1 − 2 ∙ 𝑡 )
0
15 0.98510
= 2.2 ∙ ∙ = 0.66 = 66%
2.25 5.0 0.0
25 − 4.63 ∙ 0.175 ∙ 1.0 ∙ (1 − 2 ∙ )
0.175 0.175

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 158

Given in section 1.1:

Interior wall t x l x h = 17.5 x 30.7 x 24.9 cm
14.9 kg / unit (γ = 11.14 kN/m³ = 1.114 kg/m³)
→ Density class 1.2 ≥ 1.2

IW-01 is a loadbearing internal wall with non-separating functions. According to DIN EN 1996-
1-2/NA, Table NA.B.1.3, for perforated clay masonry units HLz using general-purpose mortar
M5, the minimum wall thickness (mm) 𝒕𝑭 for fire resistance classification R for 𝒕𝒇𝒊,𝒅 =
𝟔𝟎 𝒎𝒊𝒏𝒔 is given by:
From line 1.3 in the table: 𝑡𝐹 = 115 𝑚𝑚 < 𝑡 = 175 𝑚𝑚
➔ The structural fire design is checked!

8.2.1.5 Loading level according to DIN EN 1996-1-2, section 2.4

Only for calcium-silicate masonry, in some case, an alternative with the determination 𝛼𝑓𝑖 can
be used. However, we only calculate the loading level 𝛼𝑓𝑖 here for this case as an example to
show, how the calculation is done.
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 𝜂𝑓𝑖 ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 0.7 ∙ 1407.28 = 985.10 𝑘𝑁

According to DIN EN 1996-3/NA Annex A, see also Table 8.3, the design values of the capacity
is given by:
𝑁𝑅𝑑 = 1148.98 𝑘𝑁
Thus,
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 985.10
𝛼𝑓𝑖 = = = 0.86 > 0.70
𝑁𝑅𝑑 1148.98
➔ In this case, using the result of the capacity from the simplified method with Annex A,
the verification can not be made.

According to DIN EN 1996-3/NA, see also Table 8.3, the design values of the axial force
capacity can be determined as:
𝑁𝑅𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 1723.47 𝑘𝑁

Therefore,
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 985.10
𝛼𝑓𝑖 = = = 0.57 < 0.7
𝑁𝑅𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 1723.47

➔ By using the result according to the simplified method, the verification of the structure
in case of fire can be made now.

The loading level can even be more precisely, using the results of the capacity according to
DIN EN 1996-1-1/NA, see also Table 8.3, with
𝑁𝑅𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 2068.16 𝑘𝑁

and performing a detailed analysis of the acting force in fire, see section 8.2.1.2.2:

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 159

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 903.11 𝑘𝑁

Thus,
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 903.11
𝛼𝑓𝑖 = = = 0.44
𝑁𝑅𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 2068.16

➔ For 𝛼𝑓𝑖 , there is only the limitation 0.7 used. Not like with 𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 , the requirement of the
minimum wall thickness in fire can be reduced in some cases if 𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 ≤ 0.42!

Note: The calculation of the loading level 𝛼𝑓𝑖 is not necessary in practice if the requirement for
case with 𝛼𝑓𝑖 ≤ 0.7 in the corresponding tables according to Annex B is met. In this case the
following applies:
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖
𝛼𝑓𝑖 =
𝑁𝑅𝑑
Whereas, 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 = 𝜂𝑓𝑖 ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑 = 0.7 ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 0.7 ∙ 𝑁𝐸𝑑
𝛼𝑓𝑖 = =
𝑁𝑅𝑑 𝑁𝑅𝑑
Since 𝑁𝐸𝑑 /𝑁𝑅𝑑 ≤ 1.0 must always be verified for the design in the cold case, the general result
is 𝛼𝑓𝑖 ≤ 0.7. The utilisation factor 𝛼𝑓𝑖 can therefore not be greater than 0.7. The minimum wall
thickness required for the respective fire resistance class can therefore be read off directly
from the relevant tables in Annex B for the brick-mortar-combinations mentioned.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 160

An example problem: exterior wall EW-02.1 on the 1st floor

Figure 8.3 Position of the exterior wall EW-02.1

The exterior wall EW-02.1 is located at axis A / 1-2. The slab is supported over 2/3 of the wall
thickness t of EW-02.1 and therefore, it transfers the load eccentric into the wall.
Geometry
t = 0.365 m; a = 2/3 · 0.365 m = 24.3 m
b = 2.68 m
h = 3.00 m (clear height)

Construction materials
General-purpose mortar compressive strength class M5
Perforated clay masonry units: compressive strength class 10

In this example the exterior wall EW-02.1 is verified with the general method according to
DIN EN 1996-1-1. In this case, to determine the loading level 𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 the eccentricity 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 in
case of fire needs to be calculated.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 161

8.2.2.1 Internal forces of the exterior wall EW-02.1 in the cold case
The vertical loads of all construction elements are calculated in chap. 1.4 and summarized in
Table 1-10 and Table 1-11.

Table 8.4 Design values of the acting axial forces of the exterior wall EW-02.1 (see
section 5.2.1.1)

Vertical load in the cold case

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 310.53 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 363.79 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 417.05 𝑘𝑁

The details of the design values of the acting axial force are shown in section 5.1.1.1.They are
based on the following components:
𝑁𝑔𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 249.68 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝑞𝑘,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 53.32 𝑘𝑁

𝑔𝑘,𝑒𝑥𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑟 𝑤𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 8.43 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

8.2.2.2 Slenderness
The slenderness is given by:
ℎ𝑒𝑓 2.70
𝜆= = = 7.40
𝑡 0.365
whereas, ℎ𝑒𝑓 = 2.70 𝑚, see also section 4.2.3.

Slenderness λ = hef / t = 2.06 / 0.365 = 5.64 < 27

8.2.2.3 Internal forces in case of fire

Technically, several combinations of actions would have to be investigated at this point,
analogous to the cold case. A distinction would have to be made between minimum and
maximum superimposed load and between the effective and wind loads, whereby the reduced
partial safety factors for the accidental load case as well as the corresponding combination
factors would have to be taken into account.
𝐸𝑑 = 𝛾𝑔 ∙ 𝐺 + 𝛾𝑞,1 ∙ 𝜓1,1 ∙ 𝑄1 + 𝛾𝑞,𝑖 ∙ 𝜓2,𝑖 ∙ 𝑄𝑖

For simplification, the acting normal force NEd,fi according to DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA may be
assumed to be 70% of the value in the cold case, which corresponds approximately to a
superposition of the characteristic values of the actions due to dead weight and live load
(𝛾𝑔 = 𝛾𝑞,1 = 1.0 and 𝜓1,1 = 0.5), whereby wind loads are neglected (𝜓2,𝑖 = 0.0).

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 162

8.2.2.3.1 Design acting axial force using 𝜂𝑓𝑖 = 0.7

Table 8.5 Design values of the acting axial forces of the exterior wall EW-02.1 in
case of fire

Vertical load in case of fire

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 0.7 ∙ 310.53 = 217.37 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 0.7 ∙ 363.79 = 254.65 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 0.7 ∙ 417.05 = 291.94 𝑘𝑁

8.2.2.3.2 Joint moment according to joint analysis in DIN EN 1996-1-1 – Annex C

Also, for the fire case, the moments can be determined according to the general method in
DIN EN 1996-1-1 – Annex C, in which the loading g + q for the fire case is considered.

Figure 8.4 Simplified frame diagram of the exterior wall EW-02.1

Given:
I1 = I2 = 1.0 m · a3 / 12 = 1.0 m · (2/3 · 0.365 m)3 / 12 = 0.001201 m4
I4 = 1.0 m · h3 / 12 = 1.0 m · (0.20 m)3 / 12 = 0.000667 m4
E1 = E2 = KE · fk = 1100 · 4.5 = 4950 N/mm² (see Table 5.1)
E4 = 33000 N/mm² (concrete C30/37)
According to section NA.C (2) in DIN EN 199-1-1/NA, for a two-way slab (span ratios to up
1:2), the shorter span is used and a reduction of 2/3 can be applied on it:
l4 = 2/3 (5.0 m – 0.175 / 2 – 0.365 / 2) = 2/3 x 4.730 = 3.15 m
at the top of the wall: h1 = h2 = 3.00 m

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 163

at the bottom of the wall: h1 = 2.60 m; h2 = 3.00 m

n1 = n2 = n4 = 4.0
q4 = 0.7 x (1.35 ·7.34 + 1.5 · 2.30) = 0.7 x 13.36 = 9.35 kN/m²

Moment M1 at the top of the wall:

4  4950  0.001201
3.00  9.35  3.152 
M1 =  0−
4  4950  0.001201 4  4950  0.001201 4  33000  0.000667  
4  ( 4.0 − 1) 
+ +0+
3.00 3.00 3.15
7.927
M1 =   0 − 7.731 = −1.40 kNm / m
7.927 + 7.927 + 0 + 27.950

Moment M2 at the bottom of the wall:

4  4950  0.001201
2−
 9.35  3.15 
M2 = − 3.00  0 − 
4  4950  0.001201 4  4950  0.001201 4  33000  0.000667  4  ( 4.0 − 1) 
+ +0+
2.60 3.00 3.15
7.927
M2 = −   −7.731 = 1.36 kNm / m
9.146 + 7.927 + 0 + 27.950

Moment M2 at the mid height of the wall:

𝑘𝑁𝑚
𝑀𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 0.5 ∙ (𝑀1 + 𝑀2 ) = 0.5 ∙ (−1.40 + 1.36) = −0.02
𝑚

Table 8.6 Design values of the acting moments of the exterior wall EW-02.1 in case
of fire

Moments in case of fire

𝑀𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = −1.40 𝑘𝑁𝑚/𝑚

𝑀𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = −0.02 𝑘𝑁𝑚/𝑚

𝑀𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 1.36 𝑘𝑁𝑚/𝑚

Eccentricity due to moment can be calculated by:

𝑀𝑖
𝑒𝑖 =
𝑁𝑖

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 164

Table 8.7 Eccentricities of the exteriror wall EW-02.1 under fire case

Vertical load in case of fire Moments in case of fire Eccentricities

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 0.7 ∙ 310.53 0.00644 m

𝑀𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑡𝑜𝑝 = −1.40 𝑘𝑁𝑚/𝑚
= 217.37 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 0.7 ∙ 363.79 0.00008 m

𝑀𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑚𝑖𝑑 = −0.02 𝑘𝑁𝑚/𝑚
= 254.65 𝑘𝑁

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 0.7 ∙ 417.05 0.00466 m

𝑀𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 1.36 𝑘𝑁𝑚/𝑚
= 291.94 𝑘𝑁

Eccentricity at the middle height of the wall can be calculated as follows:

emk = em + ek ≥ 0.05 · t

M md
em = + ehe + einit  0.05  t
N md

The eccentricity due to creep ek can be neglected if the critical slenderness according to
Table 5.4 is not exceeded. Slenderness λ = 5.64 ≤ 15 (critical slenderness) → ek = 0

The eccentricity due to horizontal loads ehe = 0 as the combination factor for wind
𝜓2,𝑖 = 0.0 in the considered load combination.

For the unplanned eccentricity einit,mid at the mid-height of the wall applies according to DIN
EN 1996-1-1, section 5.5.1.1:
einit, mid = hef / 450 = 2.06 / 450 = 0.0046 m
The verification and the capacity reduction factor at the centre of the wall refers to the real
cross-section with the wall thickness t. Since the load eccentricities are calculated with the
ideational cross-section with the wall thickness a (see chapter 5.2.1.2), the eccentricity at the
wall centre increases about (t – a) / 2.

M Ed , fi ,mid t −a
em, fi = + + ehe + einit + ek  0.05  t
N Ed , fi ,mid 2
0.365 − 2  0.365
em, fi = 0.00008 + 3 + 0 + 0.0046 + 0 = 0.065 m  0.05  0.365 = 0.0183
2

The values of eccentricities at the mid-height of a wall must be smaller than tf / 6

𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 = 0.065 ≤
𝑡𝑓
6
=
0.365
6
= 0.061 ↯
➔ For eccentricities 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 greater than 𝑡𝑓 /6 or the partially supported wall with 𝑎/𝑡 ≥ 2/3,
the constructional detailing should be such that there is central loading.
➔ A centring strip is installed, so that the vertical load applies central the partial slab
support has no effect anymore. The moment due to the joint analysis will be equal to
zero due to the hinged support of the centring strip.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 165

M Ed , fi ,mid
em, fi = + ehe + einit + ek  0.05  t
N Ed , fi ,mid
em, fi = 0 + 0 + 0.0046 + 0 = 0.0046m  0.05  0.365 = 0.0183m
𝑡𝑓
✓
0.365
𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖 = 0.0183 ≤ 6
= 6
= 0.061

8.2.2.4 Loading level according to DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA:2013-06

According to DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA, the loading level 𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 can be determined by:
ℎ𝑒𝑓
For 𝑡
< 10:

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖
𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 = 𝜔 ∙ 𝑒𝑚𝑘,𝑓𝑖
𝑓𝑘
𝑙∙𝑡∙ ∙ (1 − 2 ∙ 𝑡 )
𝑘0
whereas,
𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 = 𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖,𝑏𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑚 = 291.94 𝑘𝑁

𝜔 = 2.2 since masonry is made of perforated clay masonry units, see also Table 4.1 in section
3 above, which is actually from DIN EN 1996-3/NA, Table NA.D.1.
ℎ𝑒𝑓 = 2.70 𝑚

𝑡 = 0.365 𝑚
𝑙 = 2.68 𝑚
The characteristic compressive strength is given with:
𝑓𝑘 = 4.5 𝑁/𝑚𝑚, see section 3.1.2 for M5 and clay class 10
𝑘0 = 1.0 , since wall cross-sectional area equals to 𝐴 = 0.365 ∙ 2.68 = 0.978 > 0.1𝑚²

𝑁𝐸𝑑,𝑓𝑖 0.29194
𝛼6,𝑓𝑖 = 𝜔 ∙ = 2.2 ∙ = 0.16 = 16%
𝑓 4.5 0.0183
𝑙 ∙ 𝑡 ∙ 𝑘 ∙ 𝑎/𝑡 2.68 ∙ 0.365 ∙ 1.0 ∙ (1 − 2 ∙
0.365
)
𝑘0

Density class of bricks:

Exterior wall t x l x h = 36.5 x 20.0 x 24.9 cm
12.5 kg / unit (γ = 6.88 kN/m³ = 0.7 kg/dm³) → Density class 0.7
EW-01 is a loadbearing external wall with separating functions. According to DIN EN 1996-1-
2/NA, Table NA.B.1.2, for perforated clay masonry units using general-purpose mortar M5 a
density class ≥ 0.8 is required to use this table. Since, the density class of the brick ist < 0.8
the table cannot apply.
➔ Therefore, the technical approval of the brick must be used for the verification:

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 166

[Perforated clay masonry units: www.ziegel-eder.de]

Note: In Table NA.B.1.2 only values in brackets are available: Plaster finish on both sides (min
15mm P IV inside/ min 15mm P II outside according to technical approval of the product)
The structural fire design is checked.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 167

8.3 Tables DIN EN 1996-1-2/NA - Annex NA.B

Table NA.B.1. 1 - Clay masonry – Minimum thickness of separating non-loadbearing
walls (criteria EI) for fire resistance classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Solid and vertically
perforated clay masonry
units according to DIN EN
771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-401
115 115 115 115 175
Perforation: Mz, HLz A, HLz
(70) (70) (100) (115) (115)
B, HLz W, HLzT1, HLzT2,
HLzT3 and HLzT4
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar and
lightweight masonry mortar
2 Horizontally perforated clay
masonry units according to
DIN EN 771-1 in conjunction
115 115 140 175 190
with DIN 20000-401
(70) (70) (115) (140) (175)
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar and
lightweight masonry mortar
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1)

Table NA.B.1. 2 - Clay masonry – Minimum thickness of separating loadbearing single-

leaf walls (criteria REI) for fire resistance classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Solid and vertically
perforated clay masonry
units according to DIN EN
771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-401
Perforation: Mz, HLz A, HLz
B, HLzT1
Density class ≥ 1,20
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 115 115 115 175
(115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 115 115 140 175 240
(115) (115) (175) (115) (115)
1.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 115 115 175 240 240
(115) (115) (115) (140) (175)
2 Vertically perforated clay
masonry units according to
DIN EN 771-1 in conjunction
with DIN 20000-401
Perforation: HLz A, HLz B,
HLzT1

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 168

Density class ≥ 0,8

Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar, lightweight
masonry mortar
2.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 (115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
2.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 (115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
2.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 (115) (115) (115) (140) (175)
3 Vertically perforated clay
masonry units according to
DIN EN 771-1 in conjunction
with DIN 20000-401
Perforation: HLz A, HLz B,
HLzT1
Density class ≥ 0,9
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar
3.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,70
175 175 175 240a nvg
a
density class ≥ 1,0
4 Vertically perforated clay
masonry units according to
DIN EN 771-1 in conjunction
with DIN 20000-401
Perforation: HLz W, HLzT2,
HLzT3 and HLzT4
Density class ≥ 0,8
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar, lightweight
masonry mortar
4.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 (115) (115) (140) (175) (240)
4.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 (115) (140) (175) (300) (300)
4.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 (115) (175) (240) (300) (365)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 169

Table NA.B.1. 3 - Clay masonry – Minimum thickness of non-separating loadbearing

single-leaf walls (criteria R) for fire resistance classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Solid and vertically
perforated clay masonry
units according to DIN EN
771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-401
Perforation: Mz, HLz A, HLz
B, HLzT1
Density class ≥ 1,20
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 115 175 240 240
(115) (115) (115) (115) (175)
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 115 115 175 240 300
(115) (115) (115) (115) (200)
1.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 115 115 240 365 490
(115) (115) (115) (175) (240)
2 Vertically perforated clay
masonry units according to
DIN EN 771-1 in conjunction
with DIN 20000-401
Perforation: HLz A, HLz B,
HLzT1
Density class ≥ 0,8
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar, lightweight
masonry mortar
2.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 (115) (115) (115) (115) (175)
2.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 (115) (115) (115) (115) (200)
2.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 (115) (115) (115) (175) (240)
3 Vertically perforated clay
masonry units according to
DIN EN 771-1 in conjunction
with DIN 20000-401
Perforation: HLz W, HLzT2,
HLzT3 and HLzT4
Density class ≥ 0,8
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar, lightweight
masonry mortar
3.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 (175) (175) (175) (175) (240)
3.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 (175) (175) (240) (240) (300)
3.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 (240) (240) (240) (300) (365)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 170

Table NA.B.1. 4 – Clay masonry – Minimum length of non-separating loadbearing

columns or single leaf walls < 1,0m in length (criterion R) for fire resistance
classification

Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire

Line Wall
resistance classification EI for time
no. Material properties thickness
(minutes) tfi,d
mm
30 60 90 120 180
1 Solid and vertically
perforated clay masonry
units according to DIN EN
771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-401
Perforation: Mz, HLz A,
HLz B, HLzT1
Density class ≥ 1,20
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,42
1.1.1 115 615a 730 a 990 a nvgb nvgb
1.1.2 175 490 615 730 a 990 nvgb
1.1.3 240 200 240 300 365 490
1.1.4 300 200 200 240 365 490
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,70
1.2.1 115 990 a 990 a nvgb nvgb nvgb
1.2.2 175 615 730 990 a nvgb nvgb
1.2.3 240 365 490 615 nvgb nvgb
1.2.4 300 300 365 490 nvgb nvgb
2 Vertically perforated clay
masonry units according
to DIN EN 771-1 in
conjunction with DIN
20000-401
Perforation: HLz A, HLz
B, HLzT1
Density class ≥ 0,8
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar,
lightweight masonry
mortar
2.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,42
2.1.1 115 (365) (490) (615) (730) nvgb
2.1.2 175 (240) (240) (240) (300) nvgb
2.1.3 240 (175) (175) (175) (240) (300)
2.1.4 300 (175) (175) (175) (175) (240)
2.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,70
2.2.1 115 (490) (615) (730) nvgb nvgb
2.2.2 175 (240) (240) (365) (365) nvgb
2.2.3 240 (175) (175) (240) (240) (365)
2.2.4 300 (175) (175) (200) (240) (300)
3 Vertically perforated clay
masonry units according
to DIN EN 771-1 in
conjunction with DIN
20000-401

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 171

Perforation: HLz W,
HLzT2, HLzT3 and
HLzT4
Density class ≥ 0,8
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar,
lightweight masonry
mortar
3.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,42
3.1.1 240 (240) (240) (240) (240) (365)
3.1.2 300 (175) (175) (175) (240) (240)
3.1.3 365 (175) (175) (175) (240) (240)
3.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,70
3.2.1 240 (240) (240) (300) (365) (365)
3.2.2 300 (240) (240) (240) (240) (300)
3.2.3 365 (240) (240) (240) (240) (240)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both side in accordance with
4.2 (1).
a
If solid clay masonry units are used.
b
The minimum length is lF > 1,0 m. External walls should therefore be designed as
separating walls with according to Table NA.B.2 or otherwise as non-separating walls
according to Table NA.B.3.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 172

Table NA.B.1. 5 – Clay masonry – Minimum thickness of separating loadbearing and

non-loadbearing fire walls (criteria REI-M and EI-M) for fire resistance classifications

Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire

resistance classifications REI-M and EI-M
Line no. Material properties
for time (minutes) tfi,d
Single-leaf fire walls Double leaf fire walls
1 Solid and vertically perforated
clay masonry units according to
DIN EN 771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-401
Perforation: Mz, HLz A, HLz B,
HLzT1
Mortar: General purpose masonry
mortar
Loading level 6,fi  0,70
Density class:
1.1 ≥ 1,4 240 2 x 175
1.2 ≥ 1,2 300a 2 x 200
(175) (2 x 150)
1.3 ≥ 0,9 300a
(175) (2 x 150)c
1.4 ≥ 0,8 365b 2 x 240
(240)b (2 x 175)
2 Vertically perforated clay masonry
units according to DIN EN 771-1
in conjunction with DIN 20000-
401
Perforation: HLz W, HLzT2,
HLzT3 and HLzT4
Mortar: General purpose masonry
mortar
Loading level 6,fi  0,70
Density class
2.1 ≥ 0,8 (240) (2 x 175)
a
240 mm for loading level 6,fi  0,42.
b
Also applies to the use of lightweight masonry mortar with 6,fi  0,42.
c
When a floor slab with a fire resistance classification of not less than REI 90 is supported
on the wall and restrains it at the top.

Table NA.B.1.6 – Clay masonry – Minimum thickness of each leaf of loadbearing cavity
walls with one leaf loaded (criteria REI) for fire resistance classifications
The values given in Table NA.B.1. 2 apply.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 173

Table NA.B.2. 1 – Calcium-silicate masonry – Minimum thickness of separating non-

loadbearing walls (criteria EI) for fire resistance classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Calcium-silicate masonry
units according to DIN EN
771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-402
1.1 Solid units, perforated units,
solid blocks, hollow blocks
Mortar: general purpose 115 115 115 115 175
masonry mortar, thin-layer (115) (115) (115) (115) (140)
mortar and lightweight
masonry mortar
1.2 High-precision masonry
units
Mortar: general purpose 115 115 115 115 175
masonry mortar, thin-layer (115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
mortar and lightweight
masonry mortar
1.3 High-precision masonry
100 100 100 115 175
units, chamfered blocks
(100) (100) (100) (115) (115)
Mortar: thin-layer mortar
1.4 Slabs 70 70 100 115 175
Mortar: thin-layer mortar (50) (70) (70) (115) (115)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 174

Table NA.B.2. 2 – Calcium-silicate masonry – Minimum thickness of separating

loadbearing single-leaf walls (criteria REI) for fire resistance classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification REI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180 240
1 Calcium-silicate masonry
units according to DIN EN
771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-402
Solid units and blocks
(including high-precision or
chamfered units) and high-
precision elements
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar and thin-
layered mortar
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 115 115 115 150
nvg
(115) (115) (115) (115) (140)
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 115 115 115 140 175
nvg
(115) (115) (115) (175) (115)
1.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 115 115 115 150 200
nvg
(115) (115) (115) (140) (175)
Alternatively: 150 150 150 175 240
nvg
1.4 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 (115) (115) (150) (150) (175)
1.5 Loading level 6,fi  0,70
Where walls are restrained
by flat slabs supported on 115 115 150a 150 150 175
them (bearing depth at (115) (115) (115) (115) (115) (150)
least equivalent to the wall
thickness)
2 Calcium-silicate masonry
units according to DIN EN
771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-402
Perforated units and hollow
blocks (including high-
precision or chamfered
units and high-precision
elements)
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar and thin-
layered mortar
2.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 115 115 115 175
nvg
(115) (115) (115) (115) (140)
2.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 115 115 115 140 200
nvg
(115) (115) (115) (175) (140)
2.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 115 115 115 200 240
nvg
(115) (115) (115) (140) (175)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).
a
tF ≥ 115 mm applies where 6,fi  0,6.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 175

Table NA.B.2. 3 – Calcium-silicate masonry - Minimum thickness of non-separating

loadbearing single-leaf walls ≥ 1,0m in length (criterion R) for fire resistance
classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Calcium-silicate masonry
units according to DIN EN
771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-402
Solid units, perforated units,
solid blocks and hollow
blocks
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 115 115 140 150
(115) (115) (115) (115) (140)
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 115 115 140 150 150
(115) (115) (115) (115) (140)
1.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 115 115 140 150 175
(115) (115) (115) (150) (150)
2 Calcium-silicate masonry
units according to DIN EN
771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-402
High-precision units,
chamfered units, high-
precision elements
Mortar: thin-layer mortar
2.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 115 115 140 150
(115) (115) (115) (115) (140)
2.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 115 115 115 150 150
(115) (115) (115) (115) (140)
2.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 115 115 115 150 175
(115) (115) (115) (150) (150)
Alternatively:
2.4 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 150 175 200 240 300
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 176

Table NA.B.2. 4 – Calcium-silicate masonry - Minimum length of non-separating

loadbearing columns or single leaf walls < 1,0m in length (criterion R) for fire resistance
classification

Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire

Line Wall
resistance classification EI for time
no. Material properties thickness
(minutes) tfi,d
mm
30 60 90 120 180
1 Calcium-silicate masonry
units according to DIN EN
771-1 in conjunction with
DIN 20000-402
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar and thin-
layer mortar
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,42
1.1.1 115 365 490 (615) (990) nvgc
1.1.2 175 300 300 300 365 898
1.1.3 240 240 240 240 240 365
1.1.4 300 175 175 175 175 300
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,70
1.2.1 115 (365) (490) (730) nvgc nvgc
1.2.2 175 300 300 300 490 nvgc
1.2.3 240 240 240 300a,b 300b 490
1.2.4 300 175 175 240 240 365
Alternatively:
1.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70
High-precision masonry
elements with thin-layer
mortar
1.3.1 115 nvgc nvgc nvgc nvgc nvgc
1.3.2 175 (897) (897) nvgc nvgc nvgc
c
1.3.3 240 615 730 (897) nvg nvgc
1.3.4 300 365 490 (615) (730) (897)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).
a
lF = 240 mm is permitted where hk/d  10.
b
lF = 240 mm is permitted when using thin-layer mortar and where hk/d  10.
c
The minimum length is lF > 1,0. External walls should therefore be designed as
separating walls according to Table NA.B.2. 2 or otherwise as non-separating walls
according to Table NA.B.2. 3.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 177

Table NA.B.2. 5 – Calcium-silicate masonry - Minimum thickness of separating

loadbearing and non-loadbearing fire walls (criteria REI-M and EI-M) for fire resistance
classifications

Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire

resistance classifications REI-M and EI-M
Line no. Material properties for time (minutes) tfi,d
30, 60, 90
Single-leaf fire walls Double leaf fire walls
1 Calcium-silicate masonry units
according to DIN EN 771-1 in
conjunction with DIN 20000-402
Solid units, perforated units, solid
blocks and hollow blocks
(including high-precision units
and chamfered units)
Mortar: General purpose masonry
mortar and thin-layer mortar
Density class
1.1 ≥ 1,8 175a 2 x 150a
1.2 ≥ 1,4 240 2 x 175
1.3 ≥ 0,9 2 x 200
300
(2 x 175)
1.4 ≥ 0,8 2 x 240
300
(2 x 175)
2 Calcium-silicate masonry units
according to DIN EN 771-1 in
conjunction with DIN 20000-402
High-precision masonry elements
Mortar: Thin-layer mortar
Density class
2.1 ≥ 1,8 2 x 150b
175b
2 x 175
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).
a
When using thin-layer mortar and high-precision masonry units.
b
When a floor slab with a fire resistance classification of not less than REI 90 is supported
on the wall and restrains it at the top.

Table NA.B.2.6 – Calcium-silicate masonry – Minimum thickness of each leaf of

loadbearing cavity walls with one leaf loaded (criteria REI) for fire resistance
classifications
The values given in Table NA.B.2. 2 apply.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 178

Table NA.B.3. 1 – Dense and lightweight aggregate concrete masonry – Minimum

thickness of separating non-loadbearing walls (criteria EI) for fire resistance
classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Aggregate concrete masonry
units (lightweight concrete)
according to DIN EN 771-3
in conjunction with DIN 115 115 115 115 115
20000-403 (115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar, and
lightweight masonry mortar
2 Aggregate concrete masonry
units (lightweight concrete)
according to DIN EN 771-3
in conjunction with DIN
95 95 95 115 140
20000-403
(95) (95) (95) (95) (115)
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar, thin-layer
mortar and lightweight
masonry mortar
3 Aggregate concrete masonry
units (normal weight
concrete) according to DIN
EN 771-3 in conjunction with 95 95 95 115 140
DIN 20000-403 (95) (95) (95) (95) (115)
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar lightweight
masonry mortar
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 179

Table NA.B.3. 2 - Dense and lightweight aggregate concrete masonry – Minimum

thickness of separating loadbearing single-leaf walls (criteria REI) for fire resistance
classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Aggregate concrete masonry
units (lightweight concrete with
open structure) according to
DIN EN 771-3 in conjunction
with DIN 20000-403
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar and
lightweight mortar
Density class ≥ 0,50
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 115 115 140 140
(115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 140 140 175 175 190
(115) (115) (115) (140) (175)
1.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 175 175 175 190 240
(140) (140) (140) (175) (190)
2 Aggregate concrete masonry
units (normal weight concrete)
according to DIN EN 771-3 in
conjunction with DIN 20000-
403
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar and
lightweight mortar
Density class ≥ 0,80
2.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 115 115 140 140
(115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
2.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 140 140 175 175 190
(115) (115) (115) (140) (175)
2.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 175 175 175 190 240
(140) (140) (140) (175) (190)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 180

Table NA.B.3. 3 – Dense and lightweight aggregate concrete masonry – Minimum

thickness of non-separating loadbearing single-leaf walls (criteria R) for fire resistance
classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Aggregate concrete masonry
units (lightweight concrete with
open structure) according to
DIN EN 771-3 in conjunction
with DIN 20000-403
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar and
lightweight mortar
Density class ≥ 0,50
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 140 140 140 175
(115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 140 175 190 240 240
(115) (140) (175) (190) (240)
1.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 175 175 240 300 300
(140) (175) (175) (240) (240)
2 Aggregate concrete masonry
units (normal weight concrete)
according to DIN EN 771-3 in
conjunction with DIN 20000-
403
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar and
lightweight mortar
Density class ≥ 0,80
2.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 140 140 140 175
(115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
2.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 140 175 190 240 240
(115) (140) (175) (190) (240)
2.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 175 175 240 300 300
(140) (175) (175) (240) (240)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 181

Table NA.B.3. 4 – Dense and lightweight aggregate concrete masonry – Minimum length
of non-separating loadbearing columns or single-leaf walls < 1,0 m in length (criterion
R) for fire resistance classifications

Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire

Line Wall
resistance classification EI for time
no. Material properties thickness
(minutes) tfi,d
mm
30 60 90 120 180
1 Aggregate concrete
masonry units (lightweight
concrete with open
structure) according to
DIN EN 771-3 in
conjunction with DIN
20000-403
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar
Density class ≥ 0,50
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,42
1.1.1 175 240 365 490 nvga nvga
1.1.2 240 175 240 300 365 490
1.1.3 300 190 240 240 300 365
1.1.4 365 190 240 240 300 365
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,70
1.2.1 175 365 490 nvga nvga nvga
1.2.2 240 240 300 365 nvga nvga
1.2.3 300 240 240 300 365 490
1.2.4 365 240 240 300 365 490
2 Aggregate concrete
masonry units (normal
weight concrete)
according to DIN EN 771-
3 in conjunction with DIN
20000-403
Mortar: General purpose
masonry mortar
Density class ≥ 0,80
2.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,42
2.1.1 175 240 365 490 nvga nvga
2.1.2 240 175 240 300 365 490
2.1.3 300 190 240 240 300 365
2.1.4 365 190 240 240 300 365
2.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,70
2.2.1 175 365 490 nvga nvga nvga
2.2.2 240 240 300 365 nvga nvga
2.2.3 300 240 240 300 365 490
2.2.4 365 240 240 300 365 490
a
The minimum length is lF > 1,0 m. External walls should therefore be designed as
separating walls according to Table NA.B.3. 3 or otherwise as non-separating walls
according to Table NA.B.3. 4

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 182

Table NA.B.3. 5 – Dense and lightweight aggregate concrete masonry – Minimum

thickness of separating loadbearing and non-loadbearing fire walls (criteria REI-M and
EI-M) for fire resistance classifications

Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire

resistance classifications REI-M and EI-M
Line no. Material properties for time (minutes) tfi,d
30, 60, 90
Single-leaf fire walls Double leaf fire walls
1 Aggregate concrete masonry
units (lightweight concrete with
open structure) according to DIN
EN 771-3 in conjunction with DIN
20000-403
Mortar: General purpose masonry
mortar and thin-layer mortar
Density class
1.1 ≥ 0,8 240 2 x 175
(175) (2 x 175)
1.2 ≥ 0,6 300 2 x 240
(240) (2 x 175)
2 Aggregate concrete masonry
units (normal weight concrete)
according to DIN EN 771-3 in
conjunction with DIN 20000-403
Mortar: General purpose masonry
mortar
Density class
2.1 ≥ 0,8 240 2 x 175
(175) (2 x 175)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).

Table NA.B.3.6 – Dense and lightweight aggregate concrete masonry – Minimum

thickness of each leaf of loadbearing cavity walls with one leaf loaded (criteria REI) for
fire resistance classifications
The values given in Table NA.B.3. 2 apply.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 183

Table NA.B.4. 1 - Autoclaved aerated concrete masonry – Minimum thickness of

separating non-loadbearing walls (criteria EI) for fire resistance classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Autoclaved aerated concrete
masonry units according to
115 115 115 115 150
DIN EN 771-4 in conjunction
(115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
with DIN 20000-404
Mortar: thin-layer mortar
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).

Table NA.B.4. 2 - Autoclaved aerated concrete masonry – Minimum thickness of

separating loadbearing single-leaf walls (criteria REI) for fire resistance classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Autoclaved aerated concrete
masonry units according to
DIN EN 771-4 in conjunction
with DIN 20000-404
Mortar: thin-layer mortar
Density class ≥ 0,40
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 115 115 115 150
(115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 115 115 150 150 175
(115) (115) (115) (150) (175)
1.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 115 150 175a 175a 200
(115) (115) (150) (175) (200)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).
a
Density class ≥ 0,35

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 184

Table NA.B.4. 3 - Autoclaved aerated concrete masonry – Minimum thickness of non-

separating loadbearing single-leaf walls (criteria R) for fire resistance classifications

Line Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire resistance

no. Material properties classification EI for time (minutes) tfi,d
30 60 90 120 180
1 Autoclaved aerated concrete
masonry units according to
DIN EN 771-4 in conjunction
with DIN 20000-404
Mortar: thin-layer mortar
Density class ≥ 0,40
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,15 115 150 150 150 175
(115) (115) (115) (115) (115)
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,42 150 175 175 175 240
(115) (150) (150) (150) (175)
1.3 Loading level 6,fi  0,70 175 175 240 300 300
(150) (150) (175) (240) (240)
The values in brackets apply to walls with a plaster finish on both sides in accordance with
4.2 (1).

Table NA.B.4. 4 – Autoclaved aerated concrete masonry – Minimum length of non-

separating loadbearing columns or single-leaf walls < 1,0 m in length (criteria R) for fire
resistance classifications
Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire
Line Wall
resistance classification EI for time
no. Material properties thickness
(minutes) tfi,d
mm
30 60 90 120 180
1 Autoclaved aerated
concrete masonry units
according to DIN EN 771-
4 in conjunction with DIN
20000-404
Mortar: thin-layer mortar
Density class ≥ 0,40
1.1 Loading level 6,fi  0,42
1.1.1 175 365 365 490 490 615
1.1.2 200 240 365 365 490 615
1.1.3 240 240 240 300 365 615
1.1.4 300 240 240 240 300 490
1.1.5 365 175 175 240 240 365
1.2 Loading level 6,fi  0,70
1.2.1 175 490 490 nvga nvga nvga
1.2.2 200 365 490 nvga nvga nvga
1.2.3 240 300 365 615 730 730
1.2.4 300 240 300 490 490 615
1.2.5 365 240 240 365 490 615
a
The minimum length is lF > 1,0 m. External walls should therefore be designed as
separating walls according to Table NA.B.20 or otherwise as non-separating walls
according to Table NA.B.21.

Table NA.B.4. 5 – Autoclaved aerated concrete masonry – Minimum thickness of separating

loadbearing and non-loadbearing fire walls (criteria REI-M and EI-M) for fire resistance
classifications

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!
8 Structural fire design 185

Minimum wall thickness (mm) tf for fire

resistance classifications REI-M and EI-M
Line no. Material properties for time (minutes) tfi,d
30, 60, 90
Single-leaf fire walls Double leaf fire walls
1 Autoclaved aerated concrete
masonry units according to DIN
EN 771-4 in conjunction with DIN
20000-404
Mortar: thin-layer mortar Density
class
1.1 ≥ 0,55 300 2 x 240
1.2 ≥ 0,55a 240 2 x 175
1.3 ≥ 0,40 300 2 x 240
1.4 ≥ 0,40 b,c
240 2 x 175
2 Autoclaved aerated concrete
masonry units according to DIN
EN 771-4 in conjunction with DIN
20000-404
High-precision masonry elements
Mortar: thin-layer mortar Density
class
Density class
2.1 ≥ 0,55 240c,d 2 x 175c,d
2.2 ≥ 0,40 300 2 x 240
a
High-precision masonry elements with perpend joints filled with mortar or, alternatively,
with a 20 mm thick plaster finish on both sides in accordance with DIN EN 1996-1-2, 4.2
(1).
b
High precision masonry units with perpend joints that are filled with mortar and flush with
the masonry.
c
When a floor slab with a fire resistance period of not less than 90 minutes is supported on
the wall and restrains it at the top.
d
High-precision masonry elements with perpend joints filled with mortar or, alternatively,
with a 20 mm thick plaster finish on both sides in accordance with DIN EN 1996-1-2, 4.2
(1).

Table NA.B.4.6 – Autoclaved aerated concrete masonry – Minimum thickness of each

leaf of loadbearing cavity walls with one leaf loaded (criteria REI) for fire resistance
classifications
The values given in Table NA.B.4. 2 apply.

TUD – Institut für Massivbau

Only for use in the context of the lecture MSCC. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted!